blob: 1c5bc8ae9923153db7f3a4c874dbcc93637b87d2 [file] [log] [blame]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and texi
2HXCOMM Text between STEXI and ETEXI are copied to texi version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both texi and C
8
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010STEXI
11@table @option
12ETEXI
13
14DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000015 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000016STEXI
17@item -h
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010018@findex -h
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019Display help and exit
20ETEXI
21
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000022DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000023 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024STEXI
25@item -version
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010026@findex -version
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000027Display version information and exit
28ETEXI
29
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
31 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010032 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020033 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080034 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080035 " kernel_irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=off)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050036 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Peter Maydell96404012016-05-10 16:49:29 +010037 " kvm_shadow_mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030038 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080039 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080040 " igd-passthru=on|off controls IGD GFX passthrough support (default=off)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010041 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010042 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080043 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010044 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Xiao Feng Ren274250c2017-05-17 02:48:03 +020045 " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n"
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -060046 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000048STEXI
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020049@item -machine [type=]@var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
50@findex -machine
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010051Select the emulated machine by @var{name}. Use @code{-machine help} to list
Daniel P. Berrange8bfce832017-07-25 15:10:41 +010052available machines.
53
54For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
55across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
56type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
57``pc-i440fx-2.8'' and ``pc-q35-2.8'' for the x86_64/i686 architectures.
58
59To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
60version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the ``pc-i440fx-2.8''
61and ``pc-q35-2.8'' machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs
62to skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases
63of QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
64
65Supported machine properties are:
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020066@table @option
67@item accel=@var{accels1}[:@var{accels2}[:...]]
68This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080069kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +020070more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
71fails to initialize.
Jan Kiszka6a48ffa2011-10-15 13:43:48 +020072@item kernel_irqchip=on|off
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080073Controls in-kernel irqchip support for the chosen accelerator when available.
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080074@item gfx_passthru=on|off
75Enables IGD GFX passthrough support for the chosen machine when available.
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050076@item vmport=on|off|auto
77Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says to select the
78value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is off otherwise the default
79is on.
Jan Kiszka39d69602012-01-25 18:14:15 +010080@item kvm_shadow_mem=size
81Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
Jason Baronddb97f12012-08-02 15:44:16 -040082@item dump-guest-core=on|off
83Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030084@item mem-merge=on|off
85Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when supported by
86the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages among VMs instances
87(enabled by default).
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010088@item aes-key-wrap=on|off
89Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
90controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created to allow
91execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default is on.
92@item dea-key-wrap=on|off
93Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
94controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created to allow
95execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default is on.
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080096@item nvdimm=on|off
97Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
Peter Xu16f72442017-07-07 10:54:08 +080098@item enforce-config-section=on|off
99If @option{enforce-config-section} is set to @var{on}, force migration
100code to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the
101@option{migration.send-configuration} property to @var{off}.
102NOTE: this parameter is deprecated. Please use @option{-global}
103@option{migration.send-configuration}=@var{on|off} instead.
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -0600104@item memory-encryption=@var{}
105Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200106@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000107ETEXI
108
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200109HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
110DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000112DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100113 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000114STEXI
115@item -cpu @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100116@findex -cpu
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100117Select CPU model (@code{-cpu help} for list and additional feature selection)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000118ETEXI
119
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000120DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
121 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,thread=single|multi]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800122 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300123 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000124STEXI
125@item -accel @var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
126@findex -accel
127This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800128kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +0200129more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
130fails to initialize.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000131@table @option
132@item thread=single|multi
133Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded there will be one
134thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of additional host cores. The default
135is to enable multi-threading where both the back-end and front-ends support it and
136no incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. icount/replay).
137@end table
138ETEXI
139
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000140DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800141 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200142 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
143 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700144 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800145 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200146 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800147 " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000148 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
149 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000150STEXI
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800151@item -smp [cpus=]@var{n}[,cores=@var{cores}][,threads=@var{threads}][,dies=dies][,sockets=@var{sockets}][,maxcpus=@var{maxcpus}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100152@findex -smp
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000153Simulate an SMP system with @var{n} CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255
154CPUs are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable CPUs
155to 4.
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800156For the PC target, the number of @var{cores} per die, the number of @var{threads}
157per cores, the number of @var{dies} per packages and the total number of
158@var{sockets} can be specified. Missing values will be computed.
159If any on the three values is given, the total number of CPUs @var{n} can be omitted.
160@var{maxcpus} specifies the maximum number of hotpluggable CPUs.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161ETEXI
162
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000163DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200164 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800165 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100166 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
167 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n",
168 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000169STEXI
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200170@item -numa node[,mem=@var{size}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
171@itemx -numa node[,memdev=@var{id}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800172@itemx -numa dist,src=@var{source},dst=@var{destination},val=@var{distance}
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200173@itemx -numa cpu,node-id=@var{node}[,socket-id=@var{x}][,core-id=@var{y}][,thread-id=@var{z}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100174@findex -numa
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200175Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it.
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800176Set the NUMA distance from a source node to a destination node.
Paolo Bonzini7febe362014-05-14 17:43:17 +0800177
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200178Legacy VCPU assignment uses @samp{cpus} option where
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200179@var{firstcpu} and @var{lastcpu} are CPU indexes. Each
180@samp{cpus} option represent a contiguous range of CPU indexes
181(or a single VCPU if @var{lastcpu} is omitted). A non-contiguous
182set of VCPUs can be represented by providing multiple @samp{cpus}
183options. If @samp{cpus} is omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically
184split between them.
185
186For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to
187a NUMA node:
188@example
189-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
190@end example
191
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200192@samp{cpu} option is a new alternative to @samp{cpus} option
193which uses @samp{socket-id|core-id|thread-id} properties to assign
194CPU objects to a @var{node} using topology layout properties of CPU.
195The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
196machine type/@samp{smp} options. It could be queried with
197@samp{hotpluggable-cpus} monitor command.
198@samp{node-id} property specifies @var{node} to which CPU object
199will be assigned, it's required for @var{node} to be declared
200with @samp{node} option before it's used with @samp{cpu} option.
201
202For example:
203@example
204-M pc \
205-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
206-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
207-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
208@end example
209
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200210@samp{mem} assigns a given RAM amount to a node. @samp{memdev}
211assigns RAM from a given memory backend device to a node. If
212@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are omitted in all nodes, RAM is
213split equally between them.
214
215@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are mutually exclusive. Furthermore,
216if one node uses @samp{memdev}, all of them have to use it.
217
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800218@var{source} and @var{destination} are NUMA node IDs.
219@var{distance} is the NUMA distance from @var{source} to @var{destination}.
220The distance from a node to itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is
221given a distance, then all pairs must be given distances. Although, when
222distances are only given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then
223the distances in the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If,
224however, an asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node
225pair, then all node pairs must be provided distance values for both
226directions, even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable
227from another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
228
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200229Note that the -@option{numa} option doesn't allocate any of the
230specified resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA
231nodes. This means that one still has to use the @option{-m},
232@option{-smp} options to allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
233
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000234ETEXI
235
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100236DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
237 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
238 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
239STEXI
240@item -add-fd fd=@var{fd},set=@var{set}[,opaque=@var{opaque}]
241@findex -add-fd
242
243Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
244
245@table @option
246@item fd=@var{fd}
247This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is added to fd set.
248The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or stderr.
249@item set=@var{set}
250This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
251@item opaque=@var{opaque}
252This option defines a free-form string that can be used to describe @var{fd}.
253@end table
254
255You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
256@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200257@value{qemu_system} \
258 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
259 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
260 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100261@end example
262ETEXI
263
264DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
265 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
266 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
267 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
268STEXI
269@item -set @var{group}.@var{id}.@var{arg}=@var{value}
270@findex -set
Michael Tokareve1f3b972016-10-16 17:21:37 +0300271Set parameter @var{arg} for item @var{id} of type @var{group}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100272ETEXI
273
274DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200275 "-global driver.property=value\n"
276 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100277 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
278 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
279STEXI
280@item -global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value}
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200281@itemx -global driver=@var{driver},property=@var{property},value=@var{value}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100282@findex -global
283Set default value of @var{driver}'s property @var{prop} to @var{value}, e.g.:
284
285@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200286@value{qemu_system_x86} -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100287@end example
288
Michael Tokareva295d242017-09-23 19:31:59 +0300289In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices which are
290created automatically by the machine model. To create a device which is not
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100291created automatically and set properties on it, use -@option{device}.
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200292
Markus Armbrusterae08fd52015-06-15 14:35:58 +0200293-global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value} is shorthand for -global
294driver=@var{driver},property=@var{prop},value=@var{value}. The
295longhand syntax works even when @var{driver} contains a dot.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100296ETEXI
297
298DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
299 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800300 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100301 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
302 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
303 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
304 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
305 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
306STEXI
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800307@item -boot [order=@var{drives}][,once=@var{drives}][,menu=on|off][,splash=@var{sp_name}][,splash-time=@var{sp_time}][,reboot-timeout=@var{rb_timeout}][,strict=on|off]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100308@findex -boot
309Specify boot order @var{drives} as a string of drive letters. Valid
Gongleid274e072015-07-03 17:50:57 +0800310drive letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100311(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p (Etherboot
312from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. To apply a
313particular boot order only on the first startup, specify it via
Thomas Huthc0d9f7d2017-02-28 18:40:01 +0100314@option{once}. Note that the @option{order} or @option{once} parameter
315should not be used together with the @option{bootindex} property of
316devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support both
317at the same time.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100318
319Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via @option{menu=on} as far
320as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
321
322A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it as logo,
323when option splash=@var{sp_name} is given and menu=on, If firmware/BIOS
324supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system support it.
325limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a BMP file in 24 BPP
326format(true color). The resolution should be supported by the SVGA mode, so
327the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, 800x640.
328
329A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for @var{rb_timeout} ms
330when boot failed, then reboot. If @var{rb_timeout} is '-1', guest will not
331reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios for X86
332system support it.
333
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800334Do strict boot via @option{strict=on} as far as firmware/BIOS
335supports it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by
336bootindex options. The default is non-strict boot.
337
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100338@example
339# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200340@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot order=nc
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100341# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200342@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot once=d
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100343# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200344@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100345@end example
346
347Note: The legacy format '-boot @var{drives}' is still supported but its
348use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
349ETEXI
350
351DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300352 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100353 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200354 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200355 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400356 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
357 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100358 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100359STEXI
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500360@item -m [size=]@var{megs}[,slots=n,maxmem=size]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100361@findex -m
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500362Sets guest startup RAM size to @var{megs} megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
363Optionally, a suffix of ``M'' or ``G'' can be used to signify a value in
364megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair @var{slots}, @var{maxmem}
365could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum amount of
366memory. Note that @var{maxmem} must be aligned to the page size.
367
368For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM size to
3691GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets the maximum
370memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
371
372@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200373@value{qemu_system} -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500374@end example
375
376If @var{slots} and @var{maxmem} are not specified, memory hotplug won't
377be enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100378ETEXI
379
380DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
381 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
382STEXI
383@item -mem-path @var{path}
384@findex -mem-path
385Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in @var{path}.
386ETEXI
387
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100388DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
389 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
390 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
391STEXI
392@item -mem-prealloc
393@findex -mem-prealloc
394Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
395ETEXI
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100396
397DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
398 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
399 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
400STEXI
401@item -k @var{language}
402@findex -k
403Use keyboard layout @var{language} (for example @code{fr} for
404French). This option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC
Samuel Thibault32945472016-06-22 17:48:31 +0200405keycodes (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100406display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or PC/Windows
407hosts.
408
409The available layouts are:
410@example
411ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
412da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
413de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
414@end example
415
416The default is @code{en-us}.
417ETEXI
418
419
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100420HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100421DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100422 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100423 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
424STEXI
425@item -audio-help
426@findex -audio-help
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100427Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
428(deprecated) environment variables.
429ETEXI
430
431DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
432 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
433 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
434 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
435 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200436 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100437 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
438 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
439 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
440 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
441 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32\n"
442 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100443 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100444 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
445 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
446#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
447 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
448 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100449 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100450 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
451 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
452#endif
453#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
454 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
455 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
456#endif
457#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
458 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
459 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
460#endif
461#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
462 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
463 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
464 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
465 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
466 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
467 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
468 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
469#endif
470#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
471 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
472 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
473 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
474#endif
475#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
476 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
477#endif
478#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
479 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
480#endif
481 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
482 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
483 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
484STEXI
485@item -audiodev [driver=]@var{driver},id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
486@findex -audiodev
487Adds a new audio backend @var{driver} identified by @var{id}. There are
488global and driver specific properties. Some values can be set
489differently for input and output, they're marked with @code{in|out.}.
490You can set the input's property with @code{in.@var{prop}} and the
491output's property with @code{out.@var{prop}}. For example:
492@example
493-audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
494-audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
495@end example
496
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200497NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
498specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message and
499continue emulation without sound.
500
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100501Valid global options are:
502
503@table @option
504@item id=@var{identifier}
505Identifies the audio backend.
506
507@item timer-period=@var{period}
508Sets the timer @var{period} used by the audio subsystem in microseconds.
509Default is 10000 (10 ms).
510
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200511@item in|out.mixing-engine=on|off
512Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and convert
513audio formats when not supported by the backend. When off,
514@var{fixed-settings} must be off too. Note that disabling this option
515means that the selected backend must support multiple streams and the
516audio formats used by the virtual cards, otherwise you'll get no sound.
517It's not recommended to disable this option unless you want to use 5.1
518or 7.1 audio, as mixing engine only supports mono and stereo audio.
519Default is on.
520
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100521@item in|out.fixed-settings=on|off
522Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change based on
523how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you must not specify
524@var{frequency}, @var{channels} or @var{format}. Default is on.
525
526@item in|out.frequency=@var{frequency}
527Specify the @var{frequency} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
528Default is 44100Hz.
529
530@item in|out.channels=@var{channels}
531Specify the number of @var{channels} to use when using
532@var{fixed-settings}. Default is 2 (stereo).
533
534@item in|out.format=@var{format}
535Specify the sample @var{format} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
536Valid values are: @code{s8}, @code{s16}, @code{s32}, @code{u8},
537@code{u16}, @code{u32}. Default is @code{s16}.
538
539@item in|out.voices=@var{voices}
540Specify the number of @var{voices} to use. Default is 1.
541
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100542@item in|out.buffer-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100543Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
544
545@end table
546
547@item -audiodev none,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
548Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has no
549backend specific properties.
550
551@item -audiodev alsa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
552Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
553Linux.
554
555ALSA specific options are:
556
557@table @option
558
559@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
560Specify the ALSA @var{device} to use for input and/or output. Default
561is @code{default}.
562
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100563@item in|out.period-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100564Sets the period length in microseconds.
565
566@item in|out.try-poll=on|off
567Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
568
569@item threshold=@var{threshold}
570Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
571
572@end table
573
574@item -audiodev coreaudio,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
575Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
576available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
577
578Core Audio specific options are:
579
580@table @option
581
582@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
583Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
584
585@end table
586
587@item -audiodev dsound,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
588Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is only
589available on Windows and only supports playback.
590
591DirectSound specific options are:
592
593@table @option
594
595@item latency=@var{usecs}
596Add extra @var{usecs} microseconds latency to playback. Default is
59710000 (10 ms).
598
599@end table
600
601@item -audiodev oss,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
602Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
603Unix-like systems.
604
605OSS specific options are:
606
607@table @option
608
609@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
610Specify the file name of the OSS @var{device} to use. Default is
611@code{/dev/dsp}.
612
613@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
614Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
615
616@item in|out.try-poll=on|of
617Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
618
619@item try-mmap=on|off
620Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
621
622@item exclusive=on|off
623Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this case).
624Default is off.
625
626@item dsp-policy=@var{policy}
627Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means
628smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use buffer sizes
629specified by @code{buffer} and @code{buffer-count}. This option is
630ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
631
632@end table
633
634@item -audiodev pa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
635Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on most
636systems.
637
638PulseAudio specific options are:
639
640@table @option
641
642@item server=@var{server}
643Sets the PulseAudio @var{server} to connect to.
644
645@item in|out.name=@var{sink}
646Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
647
648@end table
649
650@item -audiodev sdl,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
651Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most systems,
652but you should use your platform's native backend if possible. This
653backend has no backend specific properties.
654
655@item -audiodev spice,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
656Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend requires
657@code{-spice} and automatically selected in that case, so usually you
658can ignore this option. This backend has no backend specific
659properties.
660
661@item -audiodev wav,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
662Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
663
664Backend specific options are:
665
666@table @option
667
668@item path=@var{path}
669Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
670@code{qemu.wav}.
671
672@end table
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100673ETEXI
674
675DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
676 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
677 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
678 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
679 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
680STEXI
681@item -soundhw @var{card1}[,@var{card2},...] or -soundhw all
682@findex -soundhw
683Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200684available sound hardware. For example:
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100685
686@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200687@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
688@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw es1370 disk.img
689@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw ac97 disk.img
690@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw hda disk.img
691@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw all disk.img
692@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw help
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100693@end example
694
695Note that Linux's i810_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
696require manually specifying clocking.
697
698@example
699modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
700@end example
701ETEXI
702
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100703DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
704 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
705 " add device (based on driver)\n"
706 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
707 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
708 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
709 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
710STEXI
711@item -device @var{driver}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
712@findex -device
713Add device @var{driver}. @var{prop}=@var{value} sets driver
714properties. Valid properties depend on the driver. To get help on
715possible drivers and properties, use @code{-device help} and
716@code{-device @var{driver},help}.
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600717
718Some drivers are:
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500719@item -device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}][,sdrfile=@var{file}][,furareasize=@var{val}][,furdatafile=@var{file}][,guid=@var{uuid}]
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600720
721Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
722interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides
723a watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system.
724You need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
725
726The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
727This address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
728controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
729it.
730
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200731@table @option
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500732@item id=@var{id}
733The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200734@item slave_addr=@var{val}
735Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
736@item sdrfile=@var{file}
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200737file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default is none.
738@item fruareasize=@var{val}
739size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is 1024.
740@item frudatafile=@var{file}
741file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. The default is none.
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500742@item guid=@var{uuid}
743value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this is set,
744get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. Otherwise "Get GUID"
745will return an error.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200746@end table
747
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600748@item -device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}]
749
750Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
751locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect
752to an external entity that provides the IPMI services.
753
754A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, it
755is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev option
756to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note that if
757this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as the
758interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off the VM.
759It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external simulator running
760on a secure port on localhost, so neither the simulator nor QEMU is
761exposed to any outside network.
762
763See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
764details on the external interface.
765
766@item -device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
767
768Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
769corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
770
771@table @option
772@item bmc=@var{id}
773The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
774@item ioport=@var{val}
775Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 for KCS.
776@item irq=@var{val}
777Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable interrupts,
778set this to 0.
779@end table
780
781@item -device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
782
783Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port is
7840xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
785
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100786ETEXI
787
788DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000789 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100790 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300791 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
792 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000793 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100794 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
795STEXI
796@item -name @var{name}
797@findex -name
798Sets the @var{name} of the guest.
799This name will be displayed in the SDL window caption.
800The @var{name} will also be used for the VNC server.
801Also optionally set the top visible process name in Linux.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000802Naming of individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100803ETEXI
804
805DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
806 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
807 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
808STEXI
809@item -uuid @var{uuid}
810@findex -uuid
811Set system UUID.
812ETEXI
813
814STEXI
815@end table
816ETEXI
817DEFHEADING()
818
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200819DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100820STEXI
821@table @option
822ETEXI
823
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000824DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000825 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
826DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000827STEXI
828@item -fda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200829@itemx -fdb @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100830@findex -fda
831@findex -fdb
Markus Armbruster92a539d2015-03-17 17:02:20 +0100832Use @var{file} as floppy disk 0/1 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000833ETEXI
834
835DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000836 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
837DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000838DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000839 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
840DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000841STEXI
842@item -hda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200843@itemx -hdb @var{file}
844@itemx -hdc @var{file}
845@itemx -hdd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100846@findex -hda
847@findex -hdb
848@findex -hdc
849@findex -hdd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000850Use @var{file} as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
851ETEXI
852
853DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000854 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
855 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000856STEXI
857@item -cdrom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100858@findex -cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000859Use @var{file} as CD-ROM image (you cannot use @option{-hdc} and
860@option{-cdrom} at the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by
861using @file{/dev/cdrom} as filename (@pxref{host_drives}).
862ETEXI
863
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100864DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
865 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
866 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
867 " [,read-only=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
868 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
869 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200870STEXI
871@item -blockdev @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
872@findex -blockdev
873
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200874Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all block drivers,
875other options are only accepted for a specific block driver. See below for a
876list of generic options and options for the most common block drivers.
877
878Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. @code{file}) can be
879given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already existing node
880(file=@var{node-name}), or you define a new node inline, adding options
881for the referenced node after a dot (file.filename=@var{path},file.aio=native).
882
883A block driver node created with @option{-blockdev} can be used for a guest
884device by specifying its node name for the @code{drive} property in a
885@option{-device} argument that defines a block device.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200886
887@table @option
888@item Valid options for any block driver node:
889
890@table @code
891@item driver
892Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
893@item node-name
894This defines the name of the block driver node by which it will be referenced
895later. The name must be unique, i.e. it must not match the name of a different
896block driver node, or (if you use @option{-drive} as well) the ID of a drive.
897
898If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. The generated node
899name is not intended to be predictable and changes between QEMU invocations.
900For the top level, an explicit node name must be specified.
901@item read-only
902Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
903@item cache.direct
904The host page cache can be avoided with @option{cache.direct=on}. This will
905attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's memory. QEMU may still perform an
906internal copy of the data.
907@item cache.no-flush
908In case you don't care about data integrity over host failures, you can use
909@option{cache.no-flush=on}. This option tells QEMU that it never needs to write
910any data to the disk but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
911wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting disconnected
912accidentally, etc. your image will most probably be rendered unusable.
913@item discard=@var{discard}
914@var{discard} is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") and controls
915whether @code{discard} (also known as @code{trim} or @code{unmap}) requests are
916ignored or passed to the filesystem. Some machine types may not support
917discard requests.
918@item detect-zeroes=@var{detect-zeroes}
919@var{detect-zeroes} is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the automatic
920conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized
921zero write commands. You may even choose "unmap" if @var{discard} is set
922to "unmap" to allow a zero write to be converted to an @code{unmap} operation.
923@end table
924
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200925@item Driver-specific options for @code{file}
926
927This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular files.
928
929@table @code
930@item filename
931The path to the image file in the local filesystem
932@item aio
933Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads)
Fam Zheng1878eaf2017-11-24 16:53:51 +0800934@item locking
935Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD / POSIX locks. The
936default is to use the Linux Open File Descriptor API if available, otherwise no
937lock is applied. (auto/on/off, default: auto)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200938@end table
939Example:
940@example
941-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
942@end example
943
944@item Driver-specific options for @code{raw}
945
946This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is usually
947stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
948
949@table @code
950@item file
951Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
952(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
953@end table
954Example 1:
955@example
956-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
957-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
958@end example
959Example 2:
960@example
961-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
962@end example
963
964@item Driver-specific options for @code{qcow2}
965
966This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is usually
967stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
968
969@table @code
970@item file
971Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
972(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
973
974@item backing
975Reference to or definition of the backing file block device (default is taken
Max Reitz4f7be282018-02-24 16:40:33 +0100976from the image file). It is allowed to pass @code{null} here in order to disable
977the default backing file.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200978
979@item lazy-refcounts
980Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; default is taken from the
981image file)
982
983@item cache-size
984The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300985(default: the sum of l2-cache-size and refcount-cache-size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200986
987@item l2-cache-size
988The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch80668d02018-09-26 19:04:44 +0300989(default: if cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M on
990non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible within the cache-size,
991while permitting the requested or the minimal refcount cache size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200992
993@item refcount-cache-size
994The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +0300995(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is specified, the part of
996it which is not used for the L2 cache)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200997
998@item cache-clean-interval
999Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds.
Leonid Bloche3a7b452018-09-29 12:54:54 +03001000The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms.
1001Setting it to 0 disables this feature.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001002
1003@item pass-discard-request
1004Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data
1005source (on/off; default: on if discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1006
1007@item pass-discard-snapshot
1008Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
1009operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off;
1010default: on)
1011
1012@item pass-discard-other
1013Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other
1014occasions where a cluster gets freed (on/off; default: off)
1015
1016@item overlap-check
1017Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1018(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or finer
1019granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of @code{blockdev-add}.
1020@end table
1021
1022Example 1:
1023@example
1024-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1025-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1026@end example
1027Example 2:
1028@example
1029-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1030@end example
1031
1032@item Driver-specific options for other drivers
1033Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the @code{blockdev-add} QMP command.
1034
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001035@end table
1036
1037ETEXI
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001038
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001039DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1040 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001041 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001042 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczid1db7602014-04-23 13:55:37 +02001043 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001044 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001045 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001046 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1047 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1048 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1049 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001050 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001051 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001052 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001053STEXI
1054@item -drive @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001055@findex -drive
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001056
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001057Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the backend) as
1058well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for defining the corresponding
1059@option{-blockdev} and @option{-device} options.
1060
1061@option{-drive} accepts all options that are accepted by @option{-blockdev}. In
1062addition, it knows the following options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001063
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001064@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001065@item file=@var{file}
1066This option defines which disk image (@pxref{disk_images}) to use with
1067this drive. If the filename contains comma, you must double it
1068(for instance, "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Ronnie Sahlberg0f5314a2011-10-26 23:51:37 +11001069
1070Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using protocol
1071specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" for more information.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001072@item if=@var{interface}
1073This option defines on which type on interface the drive is connected.
Craig Jellicked1fcd02017-03-17 08:49:55 -07001074Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, pflash, virtio, none.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001075@item bus=@var{bus},unit=@var{unit}
1076These options define where is connected the drive by defining the bus number and
1077the unit id.
1078@item index=@var{index}
1079This option defines where is connected the drive by using an index in the list
1080of available connectors of a given interface type.
1081@item media=@var{media}
1082This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001083@item snapshot=@var{snapshot}
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001084@var{snapshot} is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the given drive
1085(see @option{-snapshot}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001086@item cache=@var{cache}
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001087@var{cache} is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or "writethrough"
1088and controls how the host cache is used to access block data. This is a
1089shortcut that sets the @option{cache.direct} and @option{cache.no-flush}
1090options (as in @option{-blockdev}), and additionally @option{cache.writeback},
1091which provides a default for the @option{write-cache} option of block guest
1092devices (as in @option{-device}). The modes correspond to the following
1093settings:
1094
1095@c Our texi2pod.pl script doesn't support @multitable, so fall back to using
1096@c plain ASCII art (well, UTF-8 art really). This looks okay both in the manpage
1097@c and the HTML output.
1098@example
1099@ │ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1100─────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1101writeback │ on off off
1102none │ on on off
1103writethrough │ off off off
1104directsync │ off on off
1105unsafe │ on off on
1106@end example
1107
1108The default mode is @option{cache=writeback}.
1109
Christoph Hellwig5c6c3a62009-08-20 16:58:35 +02001110@item aio=@var{aio}
1111@var{aio} is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based disk I/O and native Linux AIO.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001112@item format=@var{format}
1113Specify which disk @var{format} will be used rather than detecting
Michael Tokarevd33c8a72016-05-18 15:47:53 +03001114the format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001115an untrusted format header.
Luiz Capitulinoae73e592011-07-12 17:35:08 -03001116@item werror=@var{action},rerror=@var{action}
1117Specify which @var{action} to take on write and read errors. Valid actions are:
1118"ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), "stop" (pause QEMU),
1119"report" (report the error to the guest), "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the
1120host disk is full; report the error to the guest otherwise).
1121The default setting is @option{werror=enospc} and @option{rerror=report}.
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001122@item copy-on-read=@var{copy-on-read}
1123@var{copy-on-read} is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read backing
1124file sectors into the image file.
Stefan Hajnoczi01f9cfa2017-03-01 11:50:24 +00001125@item bps=@var{b},bps_rd=@var{r},bps_wr=@var{w}
1126Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1127types or for reads or writes only. Small values can lead to timeouts or hangs
1128inside the guest. A safe minimum for disks is 2 MB/s.
1129@item bps_max=@var{bm},bps_rd_max=@var{rm},bps_wr_max=@var{wm}
1130Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1131or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1132temporarily.
1133@item iops=@var{i},iops_rd=@var{r},iops_wr=@var{w}
1134Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1135types or for reads or writes only.
1136@item iops_max=@var{bm},iops_rd_max=@var{rm},iops_wr_max=@var{wm}
1137Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1138or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1139temporarily.
1140@item iops_size=@var{is}
1141Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1142throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from circumventing iops
1143limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1144@item group=@var{g}
1145Join a throttling quota group with given name @var{g}. All drives that are
1146members of the same group are accounted for together. Use this option to
1147prevent guests from circumventing throttling limits by using many small disks
1148instead of a single larger disk.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001149@end table
1150
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001151By default, the @option{cache.writeback=on} mode is used. It will report data
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001152writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host page cache.
1153This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to correctly flush disk caches
1154where needed. If your guest OS does not handle volatile disk write caches
1155correctly and your host crashes or loses power, then the guest may experience
1156data corruption.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001157
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001158For such guests, you should consider using @option{cache.writeback=off}. This
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001159means that the host page cache will be used to read and write data, but write
1160notification will be sent to the guest only after QEMU has made sure to flush
1161each write to the disk. Be aware that this has a major impact on performance.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001162
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001163When using the @option{-snapshot} option, unsafe caching is always used.
Alexander Graf016f5cf2010-05-26 17:51:49 +02001164
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001165Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors repeatedly and is
1166useful when the backing file is over a slow network. By default copy-on-read
1167is off.
1168
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001169Instead of @option{-cdrom} you can use:
1170@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001171@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001172@end example
1173
1174Instead of @option{-hda}, @option{-hdb}, @option{-hdc}, @option{-hdd}, you can
1175use:
1176@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001177@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1178@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1179@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1180@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001181@end example
1182
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001183You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
1184@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001185@value{qemu_system} \
1186 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
1187 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
1188 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001189@end example
1190
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001191You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1192@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001193@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001194@end example
1195
1196If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty drive:
1197@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001198@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001199@end example
1200
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001201Instead of @option{-fda}, @option{-fdb}, you can use:
1202@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001203@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1204@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001205@end example
1206
1207By default, @var{interface} is "ide" and @var{index} is automatically
1208incremented:
1209@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001210@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=a -drive file=b"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001211@end example
1212is interpreted like:
1213@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001214@value{qemu_system_x86} -hda a -hdb b
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001215@end example
1216ETEXI
1217
1218DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001219 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1220 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001221STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001222@item -mtdblock @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001223@findex -mtdblock
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001224Use @var{file} as on-board Flash memory image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001225ETEXI
1226
1227DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001228 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001229STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001230@item -sd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001231@findex -sd
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001232Use @var{file} as SecureDigital card image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001233ETEXI
1234
1235DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001236 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001237STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001238@item -pflash @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001239@findex -pflash
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001240Use @var{file} as a parallel flash image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001241ETEXI
1242
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001243DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001244 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1245 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001246STEXI
1247@item -snapshot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001248@findex -snapshot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001249Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1250the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however force
1251the write back by pressing @key{C-a s} (@pxref{disk_images}).
1252ETEXI
1253
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301254DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001255 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
1256 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001257 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1258 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1259 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1260 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001261 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
1262 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1263 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1264 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301265 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1266
1267STEXI
1268
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001269@item -fsdev local,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},security_model=@var{security_model} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}] [,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,...]]]
1270@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},socket=@var{socket}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1271@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1272@itemx -fsdev synth,id=@var{id}[,readonly]
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301273@findex -fsdev
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301274Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1275@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001276@item local
1277Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1278@item proxy
1279Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1280@item synth
1281Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301282@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001283Specifies identifier for this device.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301284@item path=@var{path}
1285Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1286this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1287@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1288Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301289Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301290In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001291credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301292to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301293attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301294file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1295hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301296interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1297passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301298set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001299only for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301300security model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301301@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1302This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1303This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1304write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1305reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301306@item readonly
1307Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1308read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301309@item socket=@var{socket}
1310Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for communicating
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001311with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301312@item sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}
1313Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001314communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1315will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001316@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1317Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1318with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1319@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1320Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1321only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001322@item throttling.bps-total=@var{b},throttling.bps-read=@var{r},throttling.bps-write=@var{w}
1323Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1324types or for reads or writes only.
1325@item throttling.bps-total-max=@var{bm},bps-read-max=@var{rm},bps-write-max=@var{wm}
1326Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1327or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1328temporarily.
1329@item throttling.iops-total=@var{i},throttling.iops-read=@var{r}, throttling.iops-write=@var{w}
1330Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1331types or for reads or writes only.
1332@item throttling.iops-total-max=@var{im},throttling.iops-read-max=@var{irm}, throttling.iops-write-max=@var{iwm}
1333Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1334or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit temporarily.
1335@item throttling.iops-size=@var{is}
1336Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1337throttling purposes.
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301338@end table
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301339
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001340-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1341@item -device virtio-9p-@var{type},fsdev=@var{id},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1342Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301343@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001344@item @var{type}
1345Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", "ccw" or "device",
1346depending on the machine type.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301347@item fsdev=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001348Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301349@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001350Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301351@end table
1352
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301353ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301354
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301355DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001356 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001357 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001358 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1359 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1360 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301361 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1362
1363STEXI
1364
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001365@item -virtfs local,path=@var{path},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} ,security_model=@var{security_model}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly] [,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}][,multidevs=@var{multidevs}]
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001366@itemx -virtfs proxy,socket=@var{socket},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1367@itemx -virtfs proxy,sock_fd=@var{sock_fd},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1368@itemx -virtfs synth,mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301369@findex -virtfs
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301370
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001371Define a new filesystem device and expose it to the guest using a virtio-9p-device. The general form of a Virtual File system pass-through options are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301372@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001373@item local
1374Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1375@item proxy
1376Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1377@item synth
1378Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301379@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001380Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301381@item path=@var{path}
1382Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1383this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1384@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1385Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301386Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301387In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001388credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301389to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301390attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301391file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1392hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301393interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1394passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301395set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory only
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001396for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301397model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301398@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1399This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1400This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1401write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1402reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301403@item readonly
1404Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1405read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301406@item socket=@var{socket}
1407Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001408communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1409will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301410@item sock_fd
1411Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock_fd' as the socket
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001412descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001413@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1414Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1415with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1416@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1417Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1418only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001419@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1420Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001421@item multidevs=@var{multidevs}
1422Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a 9p export.
1423Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or "warn". The latter is
1424the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p expects only one device to be
1425shared with the same export, and if more than one device is shared and
1426accessed via the same 9p export then only a warning message is logged
1427(once) by qemu on host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest
1428you should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to be
1429shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" instead which
1430allows you to share multiple devices with only one export instead, which is
1431achieved by remapping the original inode numbers from host to guest in a
1432way that would prevent such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases
1433is required because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1434exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with virtfs always
1435share the same device id on guest. So two files with identical inode
1436numbers but from actually different devices on host would otherwise cause a
1437file ID collision and hence potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on
1438the other hand assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the
1439same export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1440deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that "forbid" does
1441currently not block all possible file access operations (e.g. readdir()
1442would still return entries from other devices).
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301443@end table
1444ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301445
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301446DEF("virtfs_synth", 0, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs_synth,
1447 "-virtfs_synth Create synthetic file system image\n",
1448 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1449STEXI
1450@item -virtfs_synth
1451@findex -virtfs_synth
Greg Kurz6e4199a2019-05-17 17:34:48 +02001452Create synthetic file system image. Note that this option is now deprecated.
1453Please use @code{-fsdev synth} and @code{-device virtio-9p-...} instead.
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301454ETEXI
1455
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001456DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1457 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1458 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1459 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1460 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1461 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1462
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001463STEXI
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001464@item -iscsi
1465@findex -iscsi
1466Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1467ETEXI
1468
1469STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001470@end table
1471ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001472DEFHEADING()
1473
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001474DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001475STEXI
1476@table @option
1477ETEXI
1478
1479DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001480 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001481 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1482STEXI
1483@item -usb
1484@findex -usb
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001485Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host controller (if
1486not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host controllers may not
1487support USB 3.0. In this case @option{-device qemu-xhci} can be used instead
1488on machines with PCI.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001489ETEXI
1490
1491DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1492 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1493 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1494STEXI
1495
1496@item -usbdevice @var{devname}
1497@findex -usbdevice
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001498Add the USB device @var{devname}. Note that this option is deprecated,
1499please use @code{-device usb-...} instead. @xref{usb_devices}.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001500
1501@table @option
1502
1503@item mouse
1504Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1505
1506@item tablet
1507Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a touchscreen). This
1508means QEMU is able to report the mouse position without having to grab the
1509mouse. Also overrides the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1510
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001511@item braille
1512Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
1513or fake device.
1514
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001515@end table
1516ETEXI
1517
1518STEXI
1519@end table
1520ETEXI
1521DEFHEADING()
1522
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001523DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001524STEXI
1525@table @option
1526ETEXI
1527
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001528DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001529 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001530 "-display sdl[,frame=on|off][,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001531 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001532 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1533 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001534 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001535 "-display none\n"
1536 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001537 " select display type\n"
1538 "The default display is equivalent to\n"
1539#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1540 "\t\"-display gtk\"\n"
1541#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1542 "\t\"-display sdl\"\n"
1543#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1544 "\t\"-display cocoa\"\n"
1545#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1546 "\t\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
1547#else
1548 "\t\"-display none\"\n"
1549#endif
1550 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001551STEXI
1552@item -display @var{type}
1553@findex -display
1554Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1555old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Valid values for @var{type} are
1556@table @option
1557@item sdl
1558Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1559window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1560@item curses
1561Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which
1562support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1563curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1564device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support
1565a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001566The font charset used by the guest can be specified with the
1567@code{charset} option, for example @code{charset=CP850} for IBM CP850
1568encoding. The default is @code{CP437}.
Jes Sorensen4171d322011-03-16 13:33:32 +01001569@item none
1570Do not display video output. The guest will still see an emulated
1571graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU
1572user. This option differs from the -nographic option in that it
1573only affects what is done with video output; -nographic also changes
1574the destination of the serial and parallel port data.
Jan Kiszka881249c2014-03-12 08:33:50 +01001575@item gtk
1576Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides drop-down
1577menus and other UI elements to configure and control the VM during
1578runtime.
Jes Sorensen3264ff12011-03-16 13:33:33 +01001579@item vnc
1580Start a VNC server on display <arg>
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001581@item egl-headless
1582Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any graphical display,
1583this display needs to be paired with either VNC or SPICE displays.
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001584@item spice-app
1585Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1586application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles and
1587QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001588@end table
1589ETEXI
1590
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001591DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001592 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1593 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001594STEXI
1595@item -nographic
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001596@findex -nographic
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001597Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1598output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1599window. With this option, you can totally disable graphical output so
1600that QEMU is a simple command line application. The emulated serial port
1601is redirected on the console and muxed with the monitor (unless
1602redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you can still use QEMU to
1603debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. Use @key{C-a h} for help on
1604switching between the console and monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001605ETEXI
1606
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001607DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001608 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001609 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001610STEXI
1611@item -curses
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01001612@findex -curses
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001613Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1614output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1615window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA output when in text
1616mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed in graphical
1617mode.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001618ETEXI
1619
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001620DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001621 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1622 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001623STEXI
1624@item -alt-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001625@findex -alt-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001626Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1627affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001628ETEXI
1629
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001630DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001631 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1632 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001633STEXI
1634@item -ctrl-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001635@findex -ctrl-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001636Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1637affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001638ETEXI
1639
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001640DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001641 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001642STEXI
1643@item -no-quit
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001644@findex -no-quit
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001645Disable SDL window close capability.
1646ETEXI
1647
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001648DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001649 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001650STEXI
1651@item -sdl
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001652@findex -sdl
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001653Enable SDL.
1654ETEXI
1655
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001656DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001657 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1658 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1659 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Marc-André Lureaufe4831b2015-01-13 17:57:51 +01001660 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001661 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1662 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1663 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1664 " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n"
1665 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1666 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1667 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1668 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001669 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
1670 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001671 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001672 " enable spice\n"
1673 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1674 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001675STEXI
1676@item -spice @var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]
1677@findex -spice
1678Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1679
1680@table @option
1681
1682@item port=<nr>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001683Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001684
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001685@item addr=<addr>
1686Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any address.
1687
1688@item ipv4
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001689@itemx ipv6
1690@itemx unix
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001691Force using the specified IP version.
1692
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001693@item password=<secret>
1694Set the password you need to authenticate.
1695
Marc-André Lureau48b3ed02011-05-17 10:40:33 +02001696@item sasl
1697Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1698The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1699system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1700is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1701unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1702to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1703While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1704it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1705'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1706ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1707credentials.
1708
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001709@item disable-ticketing
1710Allow client connects without authentication.
1711
Hans de Goeded4970b02011-03-27 16:43:54 +02001712@item disable-copy-paste
1713Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1714
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001715@item disable-agent-file-xfer
1716Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the guest.
1717
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001718@item tls-port=<nr>
1719Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1720
1721@item x509-dir=<dir>
1722Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc $display,x509=$dir
1723
1724@item x509-key-file=<file>
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001725@itemx x509-key-password=<file>
1726@itemx x509-cert-file=<file>
1727@itemx x509-cacert-file=<file>
1728@itemx x509-dh-key-file=<file>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001729The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1730
1731@item tls-ciphers=<list>
1732Specify which ciphers to use.
1733
Alon Levyd70d6b32011-12-20 13:05:18 +02001734@item tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001735@itemx plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Gerd Hoffmann17b6dea2010-08-27 14:09:56 +02001736Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS encryption. The
1737options can be specified multiple times to configure multiple
1738channels. The special name "default" can be used to set the default
1739mode. For channels which are not explicitly forced into one mode the
1740spice client is allowed to pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1741
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001742@item image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]
1743Configure image compression (lossless).
1744Default is auto_glz.
1745
1746@item jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001747@itemx zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001748Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links).
1749Default is auto.
1750
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001751@item streaming-video=[off|all|filter]
Li Zhijian93ca5192016-08-01 12:06:59 +08001752Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001753
1754@item agent-mouse=[on|off]
1755Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1756
1757@item playback-compression=[on|off]
1758Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). Default is on.
1759
Yonit Halperin8c957052012-08-21 11:51:59 +03001760@item seamless-migration=[on|off]
1761Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1762
Gerd Hoffmann474114b2015-10-13 15:39:34 +02001763@item gl=[on|off]
1764Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1765
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001766@item rendernode=<file>
1767DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will pick
1768the first available. (Since 2.9)
1769
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001770@end table
1771ETEXI
1772
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001773DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001774 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1775 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001776STEXI
1777@item -portrait
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001778@findex -portrait
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001779Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
1780ETEXI
1781
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001782DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
1783 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1784 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1785STEXI
Markus Armbruster6265c432013-02-13 19:49:39 +01001786@item -rotate @var{deg}
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001787@findex -rotate
1788Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
1789ETEXI
1790
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001791DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001792 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001793 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001794STEXI
malce4558dc2012-08-27 18:33:21 +04001795@item -vga @var{type}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001796@findex -vga
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001797Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for @var{type} are
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001798@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001799@item cirrus
1800Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting from
1801Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For optimal
1802performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and the host OS.
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001803(This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001804@item std
1805Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
1806supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if you want
1807to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you should use
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001808this option. (This card is the default since QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001809@item vmware
1810VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have sufficiently
1811recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a driver for this
1812card.
Gerd Hoffmanna19cbfb2010-04-27 11:50:11 +02001813@item qxl
1814QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including VESA
18152.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers installed though.
1816Recommended choice when using the spice protocol.
Mark Cave-Ayland33632782014-03-17 21:46:25 +00001817@item tcx
1818(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default framebuffer for
1819sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit colour depths at a
1820fixed resolution of 1024x768.
1821@item cg3
1822(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit framebuffer
1823for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP)
1824resolutions aimed at people wishing to run older Solaris versions.
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001825@item virtio
1826Virtio VGA card.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001827@item none
1828Disable VGA card.
1829@end table
1830ETEXI
1831
1832DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001833 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001834STEXI
1835@item -full-screen
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001836@findex -full-screen
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001837Start in full screen.
1838ETEXI
1839
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001840DEF("g", 1, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001841 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02001842 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001843STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001844@item -g @var{width}x@var{height}[x@var{depth}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001845@findex -g
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001846Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001847ETEXI
1848
1849DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001850 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001851STEXI
1852@item -vnc @var{display}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001853@findex -vnc
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001854Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1855output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1856window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on VNC display
1857@var{display} and redirect the VGA display over the VNC session. It is
1858very useful to enable the usb tablet device when using this option
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001859(option @option{-device usb-tablet}). When using the VNC display, you
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001860must use the @option{-k} parameter to set the keyboard layout if you are
1861not using en-us. Valid syntax for the @var{display} is
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001862
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001863@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001864
Robert Ho99a9a522016-05-31 15:03:09 +08001865@item to=@var{L}
1866
1867With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC @var{display}s, until the
1868number @var{L}, if the origianlly defined "-vnc @var{display}" is not
1869available, e.g. port 5900+@var{display} is already used by another
1870application. By default, to=0.
1871
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001872@item @var{host}:@var{d}
1873
1874TCP connections will only be allowed from @var{host} on display @var{d}.
1875By convention the TCP port is 5900+@var{d}. Optionally, @var{host} can
1876be omitted in which case the server will accept connections from any host.
1877
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001878@item unix:@var{path}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001879
1880Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where @var{path} is the
1881location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
1882
1883@item none
1884
1885VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor @code{change} command
1886can be used to later start the VNC server.
1887
1888@end table
1889
1890Following the @var{display} value there may be one or more @var{option} flags
1891separated by commas. Valid options are
1892
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001893@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001894
1895@item reverse
1896
1897Connect to a listening VNC client via a ``reverse'' connection. The
1898client is specified by the @var{display}. For reverse network
1899connections (@var{host}:@var{d},@code{reverse}), the @var{d} argument
1900is a TCP port number, not a display number.
1901
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001902@item websocket
1903
1904Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC Websocket connections.
Daniel P. Berrange275e0d62017-02-03 12:06:45 +00001905If a bare @var{websocket} option is given, the Websocket port is
19065700+@var{display}. An alternative port can be specified with the
1907syntax @code{websocket}=@var{port}.
1908
1909If @var{host} is specified connections will only be allowed from this host.
1910It is possible to control the websocket listen address independently, using
1911the syntax @code{websocket}=@var{host}:@var{port}.
1912
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001913If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection runs in
1914unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
1915requires encrypted client connections.
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001916
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001917@item password
1918
1919Require that password based authentication is used for client connections.
Michal Novotny86ee5bc2012-07-16 15:54:38 +02001920
1921The password must be set separately using the @code{set_password} command in
1922the @ref{pcsys_monitor}. The syntax to change your password is:
1923@code{set_password <protocol> <password>} where <protocol> could be either
1924"vnc" or "spice".
1925
1926If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you should use
1927@code{expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>} where expiration time could
1928be one of the following options: now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of
1929expiration, e.g. +60 to make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800
1930to make password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for this
1931date and time).
1932
1933You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration time to
1934allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never expire.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001935
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001936@item tls-creds=@var{ID}
1937
1938Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
1939VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
1940and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
1941will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
1942mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
1943using the @option{-object tls-creds} argument.
1944
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001945@item tls-authz=@var{ID}
1946
1947Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1948the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object is
1949only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1950fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1951to denying access.
1952
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001953@item sasl
1954
1955Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC server.
1956The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1957system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1958is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1959unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1960to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1961While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1962it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1963'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1964ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1965credentials. See the @ref{vnc_security} section for details on using
1966SASL authentication.
1967
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001968@item sasl-authz=@var{ID}
1969
1970Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1971the client's SASL username will validated. This object is
1972only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1973fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1974to denying access.
1975
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001976@item acl
1977
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001978Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
1979x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the creation
1980of two @code{authz-list} objects with IDs of @code{vnc.username} and
1981@code{vnc.x509dname}. The rules for these objects must be configured
1982with the HMP ACL commands.
1983
1984This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
1985@option{sasl-authz} and @option{tls-authz} options are a
1986replacement.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001987
Corentin Chary6f9c78c2010-07-07 20:57:51 +02001988@item lossy
1989
1990Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
1991option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
1992depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can save
1993a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
1994
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01001995@item non-adaptive
1996
1997Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by default.
1998An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently updated screen regions,
1999and send updates in these regions using a lossy encoding (like JPEG).
Stefan Weil61cc8702011-04-13 22:45:22 +02002000This can be really helpful to save bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04002001adaptive encodings restores the original static behavior of encodings
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01002002like Tight.
2003
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002004@item share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]
2005
2006Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to ask
2007for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2008implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2009clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared session
2010(vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. 'force-shared'
2011disables exclusive client access. Useful for shared desktop sessions,
2012where you don't want someone forgetting specify -shared disconnect
2013everybody else. 'ignore' completely ignores the shared flag and
2014allows everybody connect unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02002015spec but is traditional QEMU behavior.
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002016
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002017@item key-delay-ms
2018
2019Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in milliseconds.
Alexander Grafd3b0db62017-07-12 14:43:45 +02002020Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth devices, so this slowdown
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002021can help the device and guest to keep up and not lose events in case
2022events are arriving in bulk. Possible causes for the latter are flaky
2023network connections, or scripts for automated testing.
2024
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b9f362019-08-19 01:06:48 +02002025@item audiodev=@var{audiodev}
2026
2027Use the specified @var{audiodev} when the VNC client requests audio
2028transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option must
2029be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a valid audiodev.
2030
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002031@end table
2032ETEXI
2033
2034STEXI
2035@end table
2036ETEXI
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002037ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002038
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002039ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002040STEXI
2041@table @option
2042ETEXI
2043
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002044DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002045 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2046 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002047STEXI
2048@item -win2k-hack
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002049@findex -win2k-hack
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002050Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2051Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this option
2052slows down the IDE transfers).
2053ETEXI
2054
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002055DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002056 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2057 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002058STEXI
2059@item -no-fd-bootchk
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002060@findex -no-fd-bootchk
Markus Armbruster4eda32f2013-06-14 13:15:06 +02002061Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002062be needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2063ETEXI
2064
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002065DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002066 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002067STEXI
2068@item -no-acpi
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002069@findex -no-acpi
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002070Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. Use
2071it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target machine
2072only).
2073ETEXI
2074
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002075DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002076 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002077STEXI
2078@item -no-hpet
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002079@findex -no-hpet
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002080Disable HPET support.
2081ETEXI
2082
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002083DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002084 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002085 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002086STEXI
2087@item -acpitable [sig=@var{str}][,rev=@var{n}][,oem_id=@var{str}][,oem_table_id=@var{str}][,oem_rev=@var{n}] [,asl_compiler_id=@var{str}][,asl_compiler_rev=@var{n}][,data=@var{file1}[:@var{file2}]...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002088@findex -acpitable
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002089Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from specified files.
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002090For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified files, including all
2091ACPI headers (possible overridden by other options).
2092For data=, only data
2093portion of the table is used, all header information is specified in the
2094command line.
Laszlo Ersekae123742016-01-18 15:12:13 +01002095If a SLIC table is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem_id and oem_table_id
2096fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. FACP), in order
2097to ensure the field matches required by the Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI
2098spec.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002099ETEXI
2100
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002101DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2102 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002103 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002104 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2105 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002106 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002107 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2108 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002109 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2110 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2111 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2112 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2113 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2114 " [,sku=str]\n"
2115 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2116 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2117 " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n"
2118 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
2119 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002120 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002121 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002122 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002123STEXI
2124@item -smbios file=@var{binary}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002125@findex -smbios
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002126Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2127
Gabriel L. Somlo84351842014-05-19 10:09:54 -04002128@item -smbios type=0[,vendor=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,date=@var{str}][,release=@var{%d.%d}][,uefi=on|off]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002129Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2130
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002131@item -smbios type=1[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,uuid=@var{uuid}][,sku=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002132Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002133
Igor Mammedov3fdbd1d2019-05-21 16:23:31 +02002134@item -smbios type=2[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,location=@var{str}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002135Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2136
2137@item -smbios type=3[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,sku=@var{str}]
2138Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2139
2140@item -smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}]
2141Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2142
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002143@item -smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=@var{str}][,bank=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}][,speed=@var{%d}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002144Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002145ETEXI
2146
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002147STEXI
2148@end table
2149ETEXI
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002150DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002151
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002152DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002153STEXI
2154@table @option
2155ETEXI
2156
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002157DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002158#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002159 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2160 " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
2161 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002162 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002163 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002164#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002165 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002166#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002167 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2168 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002169#endif
2170#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002171 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2172 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002173#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002174 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002175 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002176 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002177 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002178 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002179 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002180 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2181 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2182 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002183 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002184 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2185 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002186 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002187 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002188 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002189 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002190 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2191 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002192 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002193 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2194 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002195 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002196 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002197 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002198 " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
2199 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002200 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2201 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2202 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2203 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002204#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002205#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002206 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
2207 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n"
2208 " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
2209 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2210 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2211 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002212 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002213 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002214 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
2215 " standard (RFC3391). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
2216 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2217 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2218 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2219 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002220 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002221 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2222 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2223 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2224 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2225 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2226 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2227 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2228 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2229 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2230 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2231#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002232 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2233 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2234 " using a socket connection\n"
2235 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2236 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002237 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002238 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2239 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2240 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002241#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002242 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2243 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2244 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002245 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2246 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2247#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002248#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002249 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002250 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2251 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2252 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2253#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002254#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002255 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2256 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002257#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002258 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002259 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002260DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002261 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002262#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2263 "user|"
2264#endif
2265#ifdef __linux__
2266 "l2tpv3|"
2267#endif
2268#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2269 "vde|"
2270#endif
2271#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2272 "netmap|"
2273#endif
2274#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2275 "vhost-user|"
2276#endif
2277 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2278 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2279 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002280 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002281 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2282 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002283DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002284 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002285 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002286 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002287 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002288#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2289 "user|"
2290#endif
2291 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002292 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002293#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2294 "vde|"
2295#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002296#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2297 "netmap|"
2298#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002299 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002300 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2301 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002302STEXI
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002303@item -nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]
2304@findex -nic
2305This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board (default) guest
2306NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. The host backend options
2307are the same as with the corresponding @option{-netdev} options below.
2308The guest NIC model can be set with @option{model=@var{modelname}}.
2309Use @option{model=help} to list the available device types.
2310The hardware MAC address can be set with @option{mac=@var{macaddr}}.
2311
2312The following two example do exactly the same, to show how @option{-nic} can
2313be used to shorten the command line length (note that the e1000 is the default
2314on i386, so the @option{model=e1000} parameter could even be omitted here, too):
2315@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002316@value{qemu_system} -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2317@value{qemu_system} -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002318@end example
2319
2320@item -nic none
2321Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to override
2322the default configuration (default NIC with ``user'' host network backend)
2323which is activated if no other networking options are provided.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002324
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002325@item -netdev user,id=@var{id}[,@var{option}][,@var{option}][,...]
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01002326@findex -netdev
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002327Configure user mode host network backend which requires no administrator
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002328privilege to run. Valid options are:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002329
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002330@table @option
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002331@item id=@var{id}
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002332Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2333
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002334@item ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off
2335Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is specified
2336both protocols are enabled.
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002337
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002338@item net=@var{addr}[/@var{mask}]
2339Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify the netmask,
2340either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid top-most bits. Default is
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +1000234110.0.2.0/24.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002342
2343@item host=@var{addr}
2344Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the 2nd IP in the
2345guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002346
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002347@item ipv6-net=@var{addr}[/@var{int}]
2348Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is fec0::/64). The
2349network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address
2350notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given as the number of
2351valid top-most bits (default is 64).
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002352
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002353@item ipv6-host=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002354Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is the 2nd IPv6 in
2355the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2356
Jan Kiszkac54ed5b2011-07-20 12:20:14 +02002357@item restrict=on|off
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002358If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it will not be
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002359able to contact the host and no guest IP packets will be routed over the host
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002360to the outside. This option does not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002361
2362@item hostname=@var{name}
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002363Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP server.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002364
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002365@item dhcpstart=@var{addr}
2366Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign. Default
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +10002367is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002368
2369@item dns=@var{addr}
2370Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The address must
2371be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network,
2372i.e. x.x.x.3.
2373
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002374@item ipv6-dns=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002375Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual nameserver. The address
2376must be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest
2377network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2378
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002379@item dnssearch=@var{domain}
2380Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the built-in
2381DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be transmitted by specifying
2382this option multiple times. If supported, this will cause the guest to
2383automatically try to append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name
2384can not be resolved.
2385
2386Example:
2387@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002388@value{qemu_system} -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002389@end example
2390
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002391@item domainname=@var{domain}
2392Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP server.
2393
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002394@item tftp=@var{dir}
2395When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2396server. The files in @var{dir} will be exposed as the root of a TFTP server.
2397The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in binary mode (use the command
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002398@code{bin} of the Unix TFTP client).
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002399
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002400@item tftp-server-name=@var{name}
2401In BOOTP reply, broadcast @var{name} as the "TFTP server name" (RFC2132 option
240266). This can be used to advise the guest to load boot files or configurations
2403from a different server than the host address.
2404
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002405@item bootfile=@var{file}
2406When using the user mode network stack, broadcast @var{file} as the BOOTP
2407filename. In conjunction with @option{tftp}, this can be used to network boot
2408a guest from a local directory.
2409
2410Example (using pxelinux):
2411@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002412@value{qemu_system} -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002413 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002414@end example
2415
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002416@item smb=@var{dir}[,smbserver=@var{addr}]
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002417When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2418server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in @file{@var{dir}}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002419transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be set to @var{addr}. By
2420default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, i.e. x.x.x.4.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002421
2422In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2423@example
242410.0.2.4 smbserver
2425@end example
2426must be added in the file @file{C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS} (for windows 9x/Me)
2427or @file{C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS} (Windows NT/2000).
2428
2429Then @file{@var{dir}} can be accessed in @file{\\smbserver\qemu}.
2430
Brade2d88302011-09-02 16:53:28 -04002431Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002432
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002433@item hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[@var{hostaddr}]:@var{hostport}-[@var{guestaddr}]:@var{guestport}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002434Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port @var{hostport} to
2435the guest IP address @var{guestaddr} on guest port @var{guestport}. If
2436@var{guestaddr} is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 (default first address
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002437given by the built-in DHCP server). By specifying @var{hostaddr}, the rule can
2438be bound to a specific host interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002439used. This option can be given multiple times.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002440
2441For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to guest
2442screen 0, use the following:
2443
2444@example
2445# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002446@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002447# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2448xterm -display :1
2449@end example
2450
2451To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet port on
2452the guest, use the following:
2453
2454@example
2455# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002456@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002457telnet localhost 5555
2458@end example
2459
2460Then when you use on the host @code{telnet localhost 5555}, you
2461connect to the guest telnet server.
2462
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002463@item guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{dev}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002464@itemx guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{cmd:command}
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002465Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address @var{server} on port @var{port}
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002466to the character device @var{dev} or to a program executed by @var{cmd:command}
2467which gets spawned for each connection. This option can be given multiple times.
2468
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002469You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used throughout QEMU's
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002470lifetime, like in the following example:
2471
2472@example
2473# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2474# the guest accesses it
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002475@value{qemu_system} -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002476@end example
2477
2478Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established by the guest,
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002479so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process for that virtual server:
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002480
2481@example
2482# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2483# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002484@value{qemu_system} -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002485@end example
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002486
2487@end table
2488
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002489@item -netdev tap,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,ifname=@var{name}][,script=@var{file}][,downscript=@var{dfile}][,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002490Configure a host TAP network backend with ID @var{id}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002491
2492Use the network script @var{file} to configure it and the network script
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002493@var{dfile} to deconfigure it. If @var{name} is not provided, the OS
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002494automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2495@file{/etc/qemu-ifup} and the default network deconfigure script is
2496@file{/etc/qemu-ifdown}. Use @option{script=no} or @option{downscript=no}
2497to disable script execution.
2498
2499If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002500@var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
2501The default network helper executable is @file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper}
2502and the default bridge device is @file{br0}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002503
2504@option{fd}=@var{h} can be used to specify the handle of an already
2505opened host TAP interface.
2506
2507Examples:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002508
2509@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002510#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002511@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic tap
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002512@end example
2513
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002514@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002515#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2516#to a TAP device
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002517@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth74f78b92018-01-15 08:40:17 +01002518 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \
2519 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002520@end example
2521
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002522@example
2523#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2524#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002525@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002526 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002527@end example
2528
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002529@item -netdev bridge,id=@var{id}[,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002530Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2531
2532Use the network helper @var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and
2533attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
Amos Kong420508f2013-10-23 04:49:28 +08002534@file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper} and the default bridge
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002535device is @file{br0}.
2536
2537Examples:
2538
2539@example
2540#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2541#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002542@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002543@end example
2544
2545@example
2546#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2547#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002548@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002549@end example
2550
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002551@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,listen=[@var{host}]:@var{port}][,connect=@var{host}:@var{port}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002552
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002553This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network to
2554another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If @option{listen}
2555is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on @var{port}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002556(@var{host} is optional). @option{connect} is used to connect to
2557another QEMU instance using the @option{listen} option. @option{fd}=@var{h}
2558specifies an already opened TCP socket.
2559
2560Example:
2561@example
2562# launch a first QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002563@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002564 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2565 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2566# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002567@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002568 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2569 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002570@end example
2571
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002572@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,mcast=@var{maddr}:@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{addr}]]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002573
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002574Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network traffic
2575with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast socket, effectively
2576making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast address @var{maddr} and @var{port}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002577NOTES:
2578@enumerate
2579@item
2580Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus (assuming
2581correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2582@item
2583mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument @option{eth@var{N}=mcast}), see
2584@url{http://user-mode-linux.sf.net}.
2585@item
2586Use @option{fd=h} to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2587@end enumerate
2588
2589Example:
2590@example
2591# launch one QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002592@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002593 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2594 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002595# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002596@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002597 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2598 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002599# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002600@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth37a44422018-08-13 13:51:44 +02002601 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002602 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002603@end example
2604
2605Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2606@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002607# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002608@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002609 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2610 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002611# launch UML
2612/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2613@end example
2614
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002615Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2616@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002617@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002618 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2619 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002620@end example
2621
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002622@item -netdev l2tpv3,id=@var{id},src=@var{srcaddr},dst=@var{dstaddr}[,srcport=@var{srcport}][,dstport=@var{dstport}],txsession=@var{txsession}[,rxsession=@var{rxsession}][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=@var{txcookie}][,rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}][,offset=@var{offset}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002623Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3391) is a
2624popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data frames between
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002625two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and the Linux kernel
2626(from version 3.3 onwards).
2627
2628This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or firewall directly.
2629
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002630@table @option
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002631@item src=@var{srcaddr}
2632 source address (mandatory)
2633@item dst=@var{dstaddr}
2634 destination address (mandatory)
2635@item udp
2636 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2637@item srcport=@var{srcport}
2638 source udp port.
2639@item dstport=@var{dstport}
2640 destination udp port.
2641@item ipv6
2642 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2643@item rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002644@itemx txcookie=@var{txcookie}
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002645 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2646Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default they are 32
2647bit.
2648@item cookie64
2649 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2650@item counter=off
2651 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2652draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2653@item pincounter=on
2654 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help on
2655networks which have packet reorder.
2656@item offset=@var{offset}
2657 Add an extra offset between header and data
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002658@end table
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002659
2660For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to the bridge br-lan
2661on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2662@example
2663# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2664# on 1.2.3.4
2665ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \
2666 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
2667ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \
2668 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2669ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2670ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2671brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2672
2673
2674# on 4.3.2.1
2675# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2676
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002677@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002678 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002679
2680@end example
2681
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002682@item -netdev vde,id=@var{id}[,sock=@var{socketpath}][,port=@var{n}][,group=@var{groupname}][,mode=@var{octalmode}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002683Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT @var{n} of a vde switch running on host and
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002684listening for incoming connections on @var{socketpath}. Use GROUP @var{groupname}
2685and MODE @var{octalmode} to change default ownership and permissions for
Stefan Weilc1ba4e02011-09-05 18:13:03 +02002686communication port. This option is only available if QEMU has been compiled
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002687with vde support enabled.
2688
2689Example:
2690@example
2691# launch vde switch
2692vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2693# launch QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002694@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002695@end example
2696
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002697@item -netdev vhost-user,chardev=@var{id}[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002698
2699Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev @var{id}. The chardev should
2700be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a specifically defined
2701protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
2702end of the socket. On non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002703@var{vhostforce}. Use 'queues=@var{n}' to specify the number of queues to
2704be created for multiqueue vhost-user.
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002705
2706Example:
2707@example
2708qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2709 -numa node,memdev=mem \
Vincenzo Maffione79cad2f2017-02-20 17:45:09 +01002710 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002711 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2712 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2713@end example
2714
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002715@item -netdev hubport,id=@var{id},hubid=@var{hubid}[,netdev=@var{nd}]
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002716
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002717Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID @var{hubid}.
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002718
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002719The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub instead of a
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002720single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the hubport to another
2721netdev with ID @var{nd} by using the @option{netdev=@var{nd}} option.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002722
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002723@item -net nic[,netdev=@var{nd}][,macaddr=@var{mac}][,model=@var{type}] [,name=@var{name}][,addr=@var{addr}][,vectors=@var{v}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002724@findex -net
2725Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine default) Network
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002726Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e.
2727the default hub), or to the netdev @var{nd}.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002728The NIC is an e1000 by default on the PC target. Optionally, the MAC address
2729can be changed to @var{mac}, the device address set to @var{addr} (PCI cards
2730only), and a @var{name} can be assigned for use in monitor commands.
2731Optionally, for PCI cards, you can specify the number @var{v} of MSI-X vectors
2732that the card should have; this option currently only affects virtio cards; set
2733@var{v} = 0 to disable MSI-X. If no @option{-net} option is specified, a single
2734NIC is created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
2735Use @code{-net nic,model=help} for a list of available devices for your target.
2736
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002737@item -net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=@var{name}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002738Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to the same
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002739@option{-netdev} option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 (the default
2740hub). Use @var{name} to specify the name of the hub port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002741ETEXI
2742
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002743STEXI
2744@end table
2745ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002746DEFHEADING()
2747
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002748DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002749
2750DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002751 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002752 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002753 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002754 " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002755 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002756 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002757 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002758 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002759 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002760 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2761 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002762 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002763 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2764 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2765 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2766 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002767#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002768 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2769 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002770#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002771 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2772 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002773#endif
2774#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002775 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002776#endif
2777#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
2778 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002779 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2780 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002781#endif
2782#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002783 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2784 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002785#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002786#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002787 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2788 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002789#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002790 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002791)
2792
2793STEXI
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002794
2795The general form of a character device option is:
2796@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002797@item -chardev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,mux=on|off][,@var{options}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002798@findex -chardev
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002799Backend is one of:
2800@option{null},
2801@option{socket},
2802@option{udp},
2803@option{msmouse},
2804@option{vc},
Markus Armbruster4f573782013-07-26 16:44:32 +02002805@option{ringbuf},
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002806@option{file},
2807@option{pipe},
2808@option{console},
2809@option{serial},
2810@option{pty},
2811@option{stdio},
2812@option{braille},
2813@option{tty},
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002814@option{parallel},
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002815@option{parport},
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002816@option{spicevmc},
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002817@option{spiceport}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002818The specific backend will determine the applicable options.
2819
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002820Use @code{-chardev help} to print all available chardev backend types.
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002821
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002822All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 characters long.
2823It is used to uniquely identify this device in other command line directives.
2824
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002825A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple front-ends.
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002826Specify @option{mux=on} to enable this mode.
2827A multiplexer is a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
2828backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk to a chardev.
2829If you create a chardev with @option{id=myid} and @option{mux=on}, QEMU will
2830create a multiplexer with your specified ID, and you can then configure multiple
2831front ends to use that chardev ID for their input/output. Up to four different
2832front ends can be connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without
2833multiplexing enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.)
2834For instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be used by
2835two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
2836
2837@example
2838-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002839-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002840-serial chardev:char0 \
2841-serial chardev:char0
2842@end example
2843
2844You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; for instance
2845you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 and UART 1, and stdio
2846multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a parallel port:
2847
2848@example
2849-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002850-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002851-parallel chardev:char0 \
2852-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
2853-serial chardev:char1 \
2854-serial chardev:char1
2855@end example
2856
2857When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape sequences are
2858interpreted in the input. @xref{mux_keys, Keys in the character backend
2859multiplexer}.
2860
2861Note that some other command line options may implicitly create multiplexed
2862character backends; for instance @option{-serial mon:stdio} creates a
2863multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and the QEMU monitor,
2864and @option{-nographic} also multiplexes the console and the monitor to
2865stdio.
2866
2867There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other direction
2868(where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from multiple chardevs).
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002869
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002870Every backend supports the @option{logfile} option, which supplies the path
2871to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The @option{logappend}
2872option controls whether the log file will be truncated or appended to when
2873opened.
2874
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002875@end table
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002876
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002877The available backends are:
2878
2879@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002880@item -chardev null,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002881A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any data it
2882receives. The null backend does not take any options.
2883
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002884@item -chardev socket,id=@var{id}[,@var{TCP options} or @var{unix options}][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=@var{seconds}][,tls-creds=@var{id}][,tls-authz=@var{id}]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002885
2886Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix socket. A
2887unix socket will be created if @option{path} is specified. Behaviour is
2888undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix socket.
2889
2890@option{server} specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
2891
2892@option{nowait} specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client to
2893connect to a listening socket.
2894
2895@option{telnet} specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret telnet
2896escape sequences.
2897
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002898@option{websocket} specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
2899communication.
2900
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002901@option{reconnect} sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server sockets when
2902the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many seconds and then attempt
2903to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, and is the default.
2904
Daniel P. Berrangea8fb5422016-01-19 11:14:31 +00002905@option{tls-creds} requests enablement of the TLS protocol for encryption,
2906and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for the handshake. The
2907credentials must be previously created with the @option{-object tls-creds}
2908argument.
2909
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002910@option{tls-auth} provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against
2911which the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is
2912only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly
2913while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying
2914access.
2915
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002916TCP and unix socket options are given below:
2917
2918@table @option
2919
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002920@item TCP options: port=@var{port}[,host=@var{host}][,to=@var{to}][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002921
2922@option{host} for a listening socket specifies the local address to be bound.
2923For a connecting socket species the remote host to connect to. @option{host} is
2924optional for listening sockets. If not specified it defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2925
2926@option{port} for a listening socket specifies the local port to be bound. For a
2927connecting socket specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
2928@option{port} can be given as either a port number or a service name.
2929@option{port} is required.
2930
2931@option{to} is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is specified, and
2932@option{port} cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to bind to subsequent ports up
2933to and including @option{to} until it succeeds. @option{to} must be specified
2934as a port number.
2935
2936@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2937If neither is specified the socket may use either protocol.
2938
2939@option{nodelay} disables the Nagle algorithm.
2940
2941@item unix options: path=@var{path}
2942
2943@option{path} specifies the local path of the unix socket. @option{path} is
2944required.
2945
2946@end table
2947
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002948@item -chardev udp,id=@var{id}[,host=@var{host}],port=@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{localaddr}][,localport=@var{localport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002949
2950Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
2951
2952@option{host} specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified it
2953defaults to @code{localhost}.
2954
2955@option{port} specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. @option{port}
2956is required.
2957
2958@option{localaddr} specifies the local address to bind to. If not specified it
2959defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2960
2961@option{localport} specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified any
2962available local port will be used.
2963
2964@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2965If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
2966
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002967@item -chardev msmouse,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002968
2969Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. @option{msmouse} does not
2970take any options.
2971
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002972@item -chardev vc,id=@var{id}[[,width=@var{width}][,height=@var{height}]][[,cols=@var{cols}][,rows=@var{rows}]]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002973
2974Connect to a QEMU text console. @option{vc} may optionally be given a specific
2975size.
2976
2977@option{width} and @option{height} specify the width and height respectively of
2978the console, in pixels.
2979
2980@option{cols} and @option{rows} specify that the console be sized to fit a text
2981console with the given dimensions.
2982
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002983@item -chardev ringbuf,id=@var{id}[,size=@var{size}]
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002984
Markus Armbruster3949e592013-02-06 21:27:24 +01002985Create a ring buffer with fixed size @option{size}.
Stefan Hajnoczie69f7d22016-09-19 11:56:26 +01002986@var{size} must be a power of two and defaults to @code{64K}.
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08002987
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002988@item -chardev file,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002989
2990Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
2991
2992@option{path} specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will be
2993created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. @option{path}
2994is required.
2995
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002996@item -chardev pipe,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002997
2998Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs slightly between
2999Windows hosts and other hosts:
3000
3001On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3002@file{\\.pipe\@option{path}}.
3003
3004On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called @file{@option{path}.in} and
3005@file{@option{path}.out}. Data written to @file{@option{path}.in} will be
3006received by the guest. Data written by the guest can be read from
3007@file{@option{path}.out}. QEMU will not create these fifos, and requires them to
3008be present.
3009
3010@option{path} forms part of the pipe path as described above. @option{path} is
3011required.
3012
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003013@item -chardev console,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003014
3015Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. @option{console} does not
3016take any options.
3017
3018@option{console} is only available on Windows hosts.
3019
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003020@item -chardev serial,id=@var{id},path=@option{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003021
3022Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3023
Gerd Hoffmannd59044e2012-12-19 13:50:29 +01003024On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device,
3025not only serial lines.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003026
3027@option{path} specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3028
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003029@item -chardev pty,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003030
3031Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. @option{pty} does
3032not take any options.
3033
3034@option{pty} is not available on Windows hosts.
3035
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003036@item -chardev stdio,id=@var{id}[,signal=on|off]
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003037Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
Aurelien Jarnob7fdb3a2010-07-13 21:13:12 +02003038
3039@option{signal} controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that includes
3040exiting QEMU with the key sequence @key{Control-c}. This option is enabled by
3041default, use @option{signal=off} to disable it.
3042
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003043@item -chardev braille,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003044
3045Connect to a local BrlAPI server. @option{braille} does not take any options.
3046
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003047@item -chardev tty,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003048
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003049@option{tty} is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD and
Markus Armbrusterd037d6b2013-02-13 15:54:15 +01003050DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for @option{serial}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003051
3052@option{path} specifies the path to the tty. @option{path} is required.
3053
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003054@item -chardev parallel,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
3055@itemx -chardev parport,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003056
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01003057@option{parallel} is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD hosts.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003058
3059Connect to a local parallel port.
3060
3061@option{path} specifies the path to the parallel port device. @option{path} is
3062required.
3063
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003064@item -chardev spicevmc,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003065
Stefan Hajnoczi3a846902011-10-06 11:24:12 +01003066@option{spicevmc} is only available when spice support is built in.
3067
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003068@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3069
3070@option{name} name of spice channel to connect to
3071
3072Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003073
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003074@item -chardev spiceport,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01003075
3076@option{spiceport} is only available when spice support is built in.
3077
3078@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3079
3080@option{name} name of spice port to connect to
3081
3082Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the traffic
3083identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003084ETEXI
3085
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003086STEXI
3087@end table
3088ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003089DEFHEADING()
3090
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003091DEFHEADING(Bluetooth(R) options:)
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003092STEXI
3093@table @option
3094ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003095
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003096DEF("bt", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bt, \
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003097 "-bt hci,null dumb bluetooth HCI - doesn't respond to commands\n" \
3098 "-bt hci,host[:id]\n" \
3099 " use host's HCI with the given name\n" \
3100 "-bt hci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3101 " emulate a standard HCI in virtual scatternet 'n'\n" \
3102 "-bt vhci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3103 " add host computer to virtual scatternet 'n' using VHCI\n" \
3104 "-bt device:dev[,vlan=n]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003105 " emulate a bluetooth device 'dev' in scatternet 'n'\n",
3106 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003107STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003108@item -bt hci[...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003109@findex -bt
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003110Defines the function of the corresponding Bluetooth HCI. -bt options
3111are matched with the HCIs present in the chosen machine type. For
3112example when emulating a machine with only one HCI built into it, only
3113the first @code{-bt hci[...]} option is valid and defines the HCI's
3114logic. The Transport Layer is decided by the machine type. Currently
3115the machines @code{n800} and @code{n810} have one HCI and all other
3116machines have none.
3117
Thomas Huthc0188e62018-11-12 11:00:30 +01003118Note: This option and the whole bluetooth subsystem is considered as deprecated.
3119If you still use it, please send a mail to @email{qemu-devel@@nongnu.org} where
3120you describe your usecase.
3121
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003122@anchor{bt-hcis}
3123The following three types are recognized:
3124
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003125@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003126@item -bt hci,null
3127(default) The corresponding Bluetooth HCI assumes no internal logic
3128and will not respond to any HCI commands or emit events.
3129
3130@item -bt hci,host[:@var{id}]
3131(@code{bluez} only) The corresponding HCI passes commands / events
3132to / from the physical HCI identified by the name @var{id} (default:
3133@code{hci0}) on the computer running QEMU. Only available on @code{bluez}
3134capable systems like Linux.
3135
3136@item -bt hci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3137Add a virtual, standard HCI that will participate in the Bluetooth
3138scatternet @var{n} (default @code{0}). Similarly to @option{-net}
3139VLANs, devices inside a bluetooth network @var{n} can only communicate
3140with other devices in the same network (scatternet).
3141@end table
3142
3143@item -bt vhci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3144(Linux-host only) Create a HCI in scatternet @var{n} (default 0) attached
3145to the host bluetooth stack instead of to the emulated target. This
3146allows the host and target machines to participate in a common scatternet
3147and communicate. Requires the Linux @code{vhci} driver installed. Can
3148be used as following:
3149
3150@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02003151@value{qemu_system} [...OPTIONS...] -bt hci,vlan=5 -bt vhci,vlan=5
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003152@end example
3153
3154@item -bt device:@var{dev}[,vlan=@var{n}]
3155Emulate a bluetooth device @var{dev} and place it in network @var{n}
3156(default @code{0}). QEMU can only emulate one type of bluetooth devices
3157currently:
3158
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003159@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003160@item keyboard
3161Virtual wireless keyboard implementing the HIDP bluetooth profile.
3162@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003163ETEXI
3164
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003165STEXI
3166@end table
3167ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003168DEFHEADING()
3169
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003170#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003171DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003172
3173DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003174 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3175 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3176 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003177 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3178 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3179 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003180 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3181STEXI
3182
3183The general form of a TPM device option is:
3184@table @option
3185
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003186@item -tpmdev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,@var{options}]
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003187@findex -tpmdev
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003188
3189The specific backend type will determine the applicable options.
Corey Bryant28c4fa32013-03-20 12:34:49 -04003190The @code{-tpmdev} option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3191@code{-device} option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003192
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003193Use @code{-tpmdev help} to print all available TPM backend types.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003194
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003195@end table
3196
3197The available backends are:
3198
3199@table @option
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003200
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003201@item -tpmdev passthrough,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},cancel-path=@var{cancel-path}
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003202
3203(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the passthrough
3204driver.
3205
3206@option{path} specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on
3207a Linux host this would be @code{/dev/tpm0}.
3208@option{path} is optional and by default @code{/dev/tpm0} is used.
3209
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003210@option{cancel-path} specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3211entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3212@option{cancel-path} is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3213sysfs entry to use.
3214
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003215Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3216
3217The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be
3218used by any other application on the host.
3219
3220Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the TPM,
3221the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize the
3222TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that would
3223otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the user to
3224enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM.
3225Further, if TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM
3226will get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the
3227TPM again afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is
3228required to enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM.
3229If the TPM is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3230
3231To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3232@example
3233-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3234@end example
3235Note that the @code{-tpmdev} id is @code{tpm0} and is referenced by
3236@code{tpmdev=tpm0} in the device option.
3237
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003238@item -tpmdev emulator,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{dev}
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003239
3240(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain socket based
3241chardev backend.
3242
3243@option{chardev} specifies the unique ID of a character device backend that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3244
3245To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3246@example
3247
3248-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3249
3250@end example
3251
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003252ETEXI
3253
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003254STEXI
3255@end table
3256ETEXI
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003257DEFHEADING()
3258
3259#endif
3260
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003261DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003262STEXI
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003263
3264When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot
3265kernel without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003266for easier testing of various kernels.
3267
3268@table @option
3269ETEXI
3270
3271DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003272 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003273STEXI
3274@item -kernel @var{bzImage}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003275@findex -kernel
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003276Use @var{bzImage} as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3277or in multiboot format.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003278ETEXI
3279
3280DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003281 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003282STEXI
3283@item -append @var{cmdline}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003284@findex -append
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003285Use @var{cmdline} as kernel command line
3286ETEXI
3287
3288DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003289 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003290STEXI
3291@item -initrd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003292@findex -initrd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003293Use @var{file} as initial ram disk.
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003294
3295@item -initrd "@var{file1} arg=foo,@var{file2}"
3296
3297This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3298
3299Use @var{file1} and @var{file2} as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3300first module.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003301ETEXI
3302
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003303DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003304 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003305STEXI
3306@item -dtb @var{file}
3307@findex -dtb
3308Use @var{file} as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the kernel
3309on boot.
3310ETEXI
3311
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003312STEXI
3313@end table
3314ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003315DEFHEADING()
3316
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003317DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003318STEXI
3319@table @option
3320ETEXI
3321
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003322DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3323 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003324 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003325 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003326 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003327 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3328STEXI
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003329
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003330@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},file=@var{file}
3331@findex -fw_cfg
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003332Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file @var{file}.
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003333
3334@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},string=@var{str}
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003335Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string @var{str}.
3336
3337The terminating NUL character of the contents of @var{str} will not be
3338included as part of the fw_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3339embedded NUL characters, you have to use the @var{file} parameter.
3340
3341The fw_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3342
3343Example:
3344@example
3345 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3346@end example
3347creates an fw_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3348from ./my_blob.bin.
3349
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003350ETEXI
3351
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003352DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003353 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3354 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003355STEXI
3356@item -serial @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003357@findex -serial
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003358Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device
3359@var{dev}. The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and
3360@code{stdio} in non graphical mode.
3361
3362This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3363ports.
3364
3365Use @code{-serial none} to disable all serial ports.
3366
3367Available character devices are:
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003368@table @option
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003369@item vc[:@var{W}x@var{H}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003370Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in pixel with
3371@example
3372vc:800x600
3373@end example
3374It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3375@example
3376vc:80Cx24C
3377@end example
3378@item pty
3379[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3380@item none
3381No device is allocated.
3382@item null
3383void device
Ingo van Lil88e020e2013-12-20 14:44:53 +01003384@item chardev:@var{id}
3385Use a named character device defined with the @code{-chardev} option.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003386@item /dev/XXX
3387[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. @file{/dev/ttyS0}. The host serial port
3388parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3389@item /dev/parport@var{N}
3390[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port
3391@var{N}. Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3392@item file:@var{filename}
3393Write output to @var{filename}. No character can be read.
3394@item stdio
3395[Unix only] standard input/output
3396@item pipe:@var{filename}
3397name pipe @var{filename}
3398@item COM@var{n}
3399[Windows only] Use host serial port @var{n}
3400@item udp:[@var{remote_host}]:@var{remote_port}[@@[@var{src_ip}]:@var{src_port}]
3401This implements UDP Net Console.
3402When @var{remote_host} or @var{src_ip} are not specified
3403they default to @code{0.0.0.0}.
3404When not using a specified @var{src_port} a random port is automatically chosen.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003405
3406If you just want a simple readonly console you can use @code{netcat} or
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003407@code{nc}, by starting QEMU with: @code{-serial udp::4555} and nc as:
3408@code{nc -u -l -p 4555}. Any time QEMU writes something to that port it
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003409will appear in the netconsole session.
3410
3411If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want to stop
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003412and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use the same
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003413source port each time by using something like @code{-serial
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003414udp::4555@@:4556} to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003415version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and receive
3416characters via udp. If you have a patched version of netcat which
3417activates telnet remote echo and single char transfer, then you can
Marc-André Lureaubd1caa32016-12-22 18:56:38 +04003418use the following options to set up a netcat redirector to allow
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003419telnet on port 5555 to access the QEMU port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003420@table @code
Stefan Weil071c9392012-04-07 09:23:36 +02003421@item QEMU Options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003422-serial udp::4555@@:4556
3423@item netcat options:
3424-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3425@item telnet options:
3426localhost 5555
3427@end table
3428
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003429@item tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,@var{server}][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003430The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the serial
3431I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a location. By default
3432the TCP Net Console is sent to @var{host} at the @var{port}. If you use
3433the @var{server} option QEMU will wait for a client socket application
3434to connect to the port before continuing, unless the @code{nowait}
3435option was specified. The @code{nodelay} option disables the Nagle buffering
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003436algorithm. The @code{reconnect} option only applies if @var{noserver} is
3437set, if the connection goes down it will attempt to reconnect at the
3438given interval. If @var{host} is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003439one TCP connection at a time is accepted. You can use @code{telnet} to
3440connect to the corresponding character device.
3441@table @code
3442@item Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444
3443-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3444@item Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection
3445-serial tcp::4444,server
3446@item Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444
3447-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait
3448@end table
3449
3450@item telnet:@var{host}:@var{port}[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]
3451The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The options
3452work the same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp}. The
3453difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or client using
3454telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you to send the
3455MAGIC_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that supports sending the break
3456sequence. Typically in unix telnet you do it with Control-] and then
3457type "send break" followed by pressing the enter key.
3458
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03003459@item websocket:@var{host}:@var{port},server[,nowait][,nodelay]
3460The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The port acts as
3461a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3462
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003463@item unix:@var{path}[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003464A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option works the
3465same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp} except the unix domain socket
3466@var{path} is used for connections.
3467
3468@item mon:@var{dev_string}
3469This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed onto
3470another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key sequence of
Paolo Bonzini02c4bdf2013-07-03 20:29:45 +04003471@key{Control-a} and then pressing @key{c}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003472@var{dev_string} should be any one of the serial devices specified
3473above. An example to multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server
3474listening on port 4444 would be:
3475@table @code
3476@item -serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait
3477@end table
Michael Tokarevbe022d62013-07-11 12:55:50 +04003478When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C will not terminate
3479QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003480
3481@item braille
3482Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
3483or fake device.
3484
Kevin Wolfbe8b28a2009-10-09 10:58:37 +02003485@item msmouse
3486Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft protocol.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003487@end table
3488ETEXI
3489
3490DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003491 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3492 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003493STEXI
3494@item -parallel @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003495@findex -parallel
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003496Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device @var{dev} (same
3497devices as the serial port). On Linux hosts, @file{/dev/parportN} can
3498be used to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host
3499parallel port.
3500
3501This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3502ports.
3503
3504Use @code{-parallel none} to disable all parallel ports.
3505ETEXI
3506
3507DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003508 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3509 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003510STEXI
Gerd Hoffmann4e307fc2009-12-08 13:11:37 +01003511@item -monitor @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003512@findex -monitor
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003513Redirect the monitor to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3514serial port).
3515The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3516non graphical mode.
Luiz Capitulino70e098a2013-05-16 12:02:55 -04003517Use @code{-monitor none} to disable the default monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003518ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003519DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003520 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3521 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003522STEXI
3523@item -qmp @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003524@findex -qmp
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003525Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3526ETEXI
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003527DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3528 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3529 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3530STEXI
3531@item -qmp-pretty @var{dev}
3532@findex -qmp-pretty
3533Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3534ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003535
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003536DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003537 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003538STEXI
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003539@item -mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003540@findex -mon
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003541Setup monitor on chardev @var{name}. @code{pretty} turns on JSON pretty printing
3542easing human reading and debugging.
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003543ETEXI
3544
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003545DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003546 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3547 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003548STEXI
3549@item -debugcon @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003550@findex -debugcon
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003551Redirect the debug console to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3552serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically port
35530xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device.
3554The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3555non graphical mode.
3556ETEXI
3557
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003558DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003559 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003560STEXI
3561@item -pidfile @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003562@findex -pidfile
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003563Store the QEMU process PID in @var{file}. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3564from a script.
3565ETEXI
3566
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003567DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003568 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003569STEXI
3570@item -singlestep
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003571@findex -singlestep
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003572Run the emulation in single step mode.
3573ETEXI
3574
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003575DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003576 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003577 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3578STEXI
3579@item --preconfig
3580@findex --preconfig
3581Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is created,
3582which allows querying and configuring properties that will affect
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003583machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to exit
3584the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest if -S
3585isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This option is
3586experimental.
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003587ETEXI
3588
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003589DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003590 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3591 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003592STEXI
3593@item -S
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003594@findex -S
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003595Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3596ETEXI
3597
Satoru Moriya888a6bc2013-04-19 16:42:06 +02003598DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime,
3599 "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n"
3600 " run qemu with realtime features\n"
3601 " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n",
3602 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3603STEXI
3604@item -realtime mlock=on|off
3605@findex -realtime
3606Run qemu with realtime features.
3607mlocking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mlock=on}
3608(enabled by default).
3609ETEXI
3610
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003611DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003612 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003613 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3614 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3615 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3616 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3617STEXI
3618@item -overcommit mem-lock=on|off
3619@item -overcommit cpu-pm=on|off
3620@findex -overcommit
3621Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3622to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3623
3624Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mem-lock=on} (disabled
3625by default). This works when host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the
3626worst-case latency for guest. This is equivalent to @option{realtime}.
3627
3628Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency for other
3629processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for guest) can be
3630enabled via @option{cpu-pm=on} (disabled by default). This works best when
3631host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host estimates of CPU cycle and power
3632utilization will be incorrect, not taking into account guest idle time.
3633ETEXI
3634
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003635DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003636 "-gdb dev wait for gdb connection on 'dev'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003637STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003638@item -gdb @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003639@findex -gdb
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003640Wait for gdb connection on device @var{dev} (@pxref{gdb_usage}). Typical
3641connections will likely be TCP-based, but also UDP, pseudo TTY, or even
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003642stdio are reasonable use case. The latter is allowing to start QEMU from
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003643within gdb and establish the connection via a pipe:
3644@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02003645(gdb) target remote | exec @value{qemu_system} -gdb stdio ...
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003646@end example
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003647ETEXI
3648
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003649DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003650 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3651 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003652STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003653@item -s
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003654@findex -s
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003655Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
3656(@pxref{gdb_usage}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003657ETEXI
3658
3659DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003660 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003661 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003662STEXI
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003663@item -d @var{item1}[,...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003664@findex -d
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003665Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log items.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003666ETEXI
3667
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003668DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003669 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003670 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3671STEXI
Stefan Weil8bd383b2012-05-11 22:40:50 +02003672@item -D @var{logfile}
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003673@findex -D
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003674Output log in @var{logfile} instead of to stderr
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003675ETEXI
3676
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003677DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3678 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3679 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3680STEXI
3681@item -dfilter @var{range1}[,...]
3682@findex -dfilter
3683Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. The filter
3684spec can be either @var{start}+@var{size}, @var{start}-@var{size} or
3685@var{start}..@var{end} where @var{start} @var{end} and @var{size} are the
3686addresses and sizes required. For example:
3687@example
3688 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3689@end example
3690Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at 0x8000 and
3691the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and another 0x1000 sized
3692block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3693ETEXI
3694
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07003695DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
3696 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
3697 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3698STEXI
3699@item -seed @var{number}
3700@findex -seed
3701Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number generator, seeded
3702with @var{number}. This does not affect crypto routines within the host.
3703ETEXI
3704
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003705DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003706 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3707 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003708STEXI
3709@item -L @var{path}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003710@findex -L
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003711Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
Richard W.M. Jones37146e72016-05-16 17:34:35 +01003712
3713To list all the data directories, use @code{-L help}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003714ETEXI
3715
3716DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003717 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003718STEXI
3719@item -bios @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003720@findex -bios
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003721Set the filename for the BIOS.
3722ETEXI
3723
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003724DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003725 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003726STEXI
3727@item -enable-kvm
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003728@findex -enable-kvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003729Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only available
3730if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3731ETEXI
3732
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003733DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003734 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003735DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3736 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003737 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003739DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3740 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3741 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3742 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3743 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003744STEXI
3745@item -xen-domid @var{id}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003746@findex -xen-domid
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003747Specify xen guest domain @var{id} (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003748@item -xen-attach
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003749@findex -xen-attach
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003750Attach to existing xen domain.
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003751libxl will use this when starting QEMU (XEN only).
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003752@findex -xen-domid-restrict
3753Restrict set of available xen operations to specified domain id (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003754ETEXI
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003755
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003756DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003757 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003758STEXI
3759@item -no-reboot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003760@findex -no-reboot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003761Exit instead of rebooting.
3762ETEXI
3763
3764DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003765 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003766STEXI
3767@item -no-shutdown
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003768@findex -no-shutdown
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003769Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the emulation.
3770This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit changes to the
3771disk image.
3772ETEXI
3773
3774DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3775 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003776 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3777 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003778STEXI
3779@item -loadvm @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003780@findex -loadvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003781Start right away with a saved state (@code{loadvm} in monitor)
3782ETEXI
3783
3784#ifndef _WIN32
3785DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003786 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003787#endif
3788STEXI
3789@item -daemonize
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003790@findex -daemonize
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003791Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not detach from
3792standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on any of its devices.
3793This option is a useful way for external programs to launch QEMU without having
3794to cope with initialization race conditions.
3795ETEXI
3796
3797DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003798 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3799 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003800STEXI
3801@item -option-rom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003802@findex -option-rom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003803Load the contents of @var{file} as an option ROM.
3804This option is useful to load things like EtherBoot.
3805ETEXI
3806
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003807DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003808 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003809 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3810 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003811
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003812STEXI
3813
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003814@item -rtc [base=utc|localtime|@var{datetime}][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003815@findex -rtc
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003816Specify @option{base} as @code{utc} or @code{localtime} to let the RTC start at the current
3817UTC or local time, respectively. @code{localtime} is required for correct date in
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003818MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a specific point in time, provide @var{datetime} in the
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003819format @code{2006-06-17T16:01:21} or @code{2006-06-17}. The default base is UTC.
3820
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04003821By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows using of the
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003822RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, specifically if the host
3823time is smoothly following an accurate external reference clock, e.g. via NTP.
Paolo Bonzini78808142012-03-30 10:31:21 +00003824If you want to isolate the guest time from the host, you can set @option{clock}
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003825to @code{rt} instead, which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it.
3826To even prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set @option{clock}
3827to @code{vm} (virtual clock). @samp{clock=vm} is recommended especially in
3828icount mode in order to preserve determinism; however, note that in icount mode
3829the speed of the virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the
3830host clock.
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003831
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003832Enable @option{driftfix} (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift problems,
3833specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try to figure out how
3834many timer interrupts were not processed by the Windows guest and will
3835re-inject them.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003836ETEXI
3837
3838DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003839 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00003840 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003841 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
3842 " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003843STEXI
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003844@item -icount [shift=@var{N}|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=@var{filename},rrsnapshot=@var{snapshot}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003845@findex -icount
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003846Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003847instruction every 2^@var{N} ns of virtual time. If @code{auto} is specified
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003848then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep virtual
3849time within a few seconds of real time.
3850
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003851When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at default
Pranith Kumar778d9f92016-02-26 10:16:51 -05003852speed unless @option{sleep=on|off} is specified.
3853With @option{sleep=on|off}, the virtual time will jump to the next timer deadline
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003854instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and will not advance
3855if no timer is enabled. This behavior give deterministic execution times from
3856the guest point of view.
3857
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003858Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does not
3859provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain superscalar out of
3860order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The number of instructions
3861executed often has little or no correlation with actual performance.
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003862
Daniel P. Berrangeb6af0972015-08-26 12:17:13 +01003863@option{align=on} will activate the delay algorithm which will try
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003864to synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
3865have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift option.
3866Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
Michael Tokarev82597612015-04-27 11:12:49 +03003867@option{align=on} is specified then we print a message to the user
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003868to inform about the delay.
3869Currently this option does not work when @option{shift} is @code{auto}.
3870Note: The sync algorithm will work for those shift values for which
3871the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. Typically this happens
3872when the shift value is high (how high depends on the host machine).
Pavel Dovgalyuk4c27b852015-09-17 19:25:18 +03003873
3874When @option{rr} option is specified deterministic record/replay is enabled.
3875Replay log is written into @var{filename} file in record mode and
3876read from this file in replay mode.
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003877
3878Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named @var{snapshot}
3879at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is used
3880to load the initial VM state.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003881ETEXI
3882
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003883DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003884 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003885 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
3886 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003887STEXI
3888@item -watchdog @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003889@findex -watchdog
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003890Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
3891action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003892the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
3893which your guest has drivers.
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003894
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003895The @var{model} is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
3896@code{-watchdog help} to list available hardware models. Only one
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003897watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003898
3899The following models may be available:
3900@table @option
3901@item ib700
3902iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
3903@item i6300esb
3904Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful PCI-based
3905dual-timer watchdog.
Xu Wang188f24c2015-02-05 18:28:32 +08003906@item diag288
3907A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 hypercall
3908(currently KVM only).
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003909@end table
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003910ETEXI
3911
3912DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003913 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003914 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3915 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003916STEXI
3917@item -watchdog-action @var{action}
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01003918@findex -watchdog-action
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003919
3920The @var{action} controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
3921expires.
3922The default is
3923@code{reset} (forcefully reset the guest).
3924Other possible actions are:
3925@code{shutdown} (attempt to gracefully shutdown the guest),
3926@code{poweroff} (forcefully poweroff the guest),
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003927@code{inject-nmi} (inject a NMI into the guest),
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003928@code{pause} (pause the guest),
3929@code{debug} (print a debug message and continue), or
3930@code{none} (do nothing).
3931
3932Note that the @code{shutdown} action requires that the guest responds
3933to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
3934situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
3935@code{-watchdog-action shutdown} is not recommended for production use.
3936
3937Examples:
3938
3939@table @code
3940@item -watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003941@itemx -watchdog ib700
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003942@end table
3943ETEXI
3944
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003945DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003946 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
3947 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003948STEXI
3949
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003950@item -echr @var{numeric_ascii_value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003951@findex -echr
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003952Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when using
3953monitor and serial sharing. The default is @code{0x01} when using the
3954@code{-nographic} option. @code{0x01} is equal to pressing
3955@code{Control-a}. You can select a different character from the ascii
3956control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. For
3957instance you could use the either of the following to change the escape
3958character to Control-t.
3959@table @code
3960@item -echr 0x14
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003961@itemx -echr 20
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003962@end table
3963ETEXI
3964
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003965DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003966 "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003967STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003968@item -show-cursor
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003969@findex -show-cursor
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003970Show cursor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003971ETEXI
3972
3973DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003974 "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003975STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003976@item -tb-size @var{n}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003977@findex -tb-size
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003978Set TB size.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003979ETEXI
3980
3981DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003982 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3983 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
3984 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
3985 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
3986 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
3987 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
3988 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
3989 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01003990 " or from given external command\n" \
3991 "-incoming defer\n" \
3992 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003993 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003994STEXI
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003995@item -incoming tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,to=@var{maxport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003996@itemx -incoming rdma:@var{host}:@var{port}[,ipv4][,ipv6]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003997@findex -incoming
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03003998Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
3999
4000@item -incoming unix:@var{socketpath}
4001Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4002
4003@item -incoming fd:@var{fd}
4004Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4005
4006@item -incoming exec:@var{cmdline}
4007Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external command.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004008
4009@item -incoming defer
4010Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming. The monitor can
4011be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior to issuing
4012the migrate_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004013ETEXI
4014
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304015DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4016 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4017STEXI
4018@item -only-migratable
4019@findex -only-migratable
4020Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter an
4021unmigratable state.
4022ETEXI
4023
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004024DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004025 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004026STEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004027@item -nodefaults
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004028@findex -nodefaults
Michal Novotny66c19bf2012-07-16 14:35:10 +02004029Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default devices like serial
4030port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor device, VGA adapter, floppy and
4031CD-ROM drive and others. The @code{-nodefaults} option will disable all those
4032default devices.
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004033ETEXI
4034
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004035#ifndef _WIN32
4036DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004037 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4038 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004039#endif
4040STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02004041@item -chroot @var{dir}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004042@findex -chroot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004043Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4044directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4045ETEXI
4046
4047#ifndef _WIN32
4048DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004049 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4050 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004051 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004052#endif
4053STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02004054@item -runas @var{user}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004055@findex -runas
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004056Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, switching
4057to the specified user.
4058ETEXI
4059
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004060DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4061 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004062 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4063 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004064STEXI
4065@item -prom-env @var{variable}=@var{value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004066@findex -prom-env
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004067Set OpenBIOS nvram @var{variable} to given @var{value} (PPC, SPARC only).
4068ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004069DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004070 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004071 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004072 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004073STEXI
4074@item -semihosting
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004075@findex -semihosting
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004076Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004077ETEXI
4078DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004079 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004080 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004081QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004082QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004083STEXI
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004084@item -semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004085@findex -semihosting-config
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004086Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004087@table @option
4088@item target=@code{native|gdb|auto}
4089Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU (@code{native})
4090or to GDB (@code{gdb}). The default is @code{auto}, which means @code{gdb}
4091during debug sessions and @code{native} otherwise.
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004092@item chardev=@var{str1}
4093Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto output when not in gdb
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004094@item arg=@var{str1},arg=@var{str2},...
4095Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used multiple times to build
4096up a list. The old-style @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} method of passing a
4097command line is still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4098@code{--semihosting-config arg} and the @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} are
4099specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always takes precedence.
4100@end table
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004101ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004102DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004103 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004104STEXI
4105@item -old-param
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004106@findex -old-param (ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004107Old param mode (ARM only).
4108ETEXI
4109
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004110DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004111 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004112 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004113 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4114 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4115 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004116 " C library implementations.\n" \
4117 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \
4118 " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
4119 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004120 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4121 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004122 " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \
4123 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004124 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4125STEXI
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004126@item -sandbox @var{arg}[,obsolete=@var{string}][,elevateprivileges=@var{string}][,spawn=@var{string}][,resourcecontrol=@var{string}]
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004127@findex -sandbox
4128Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall filtering and 'off' will
4129disable it. The default is 'off'.
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004130@table @option
4131@item obsolete=@var{string}
4132Enable Obsolete system calls
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004133@item elevateprivileges=@var{string}
4134Disable set*uid|gid system calls
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004135@item spawn=@var{string}
4136Disable *fork and execve
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004137@item resourcecontrol=@var{string}
4138Disable process affinity and schedular priority
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004139@end table
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004140ETEXI
4141
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004142DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004143 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004144STEXI
4145@item -readconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004146@findex -readconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004147Read device configuration from @var{file}. This approach is useful when you want to spawn
4148QEMU process with many command line options but you don't want to exceed the command line
4149character limit.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004150ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004151DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4152 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004153 " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004154STEXI
4155@item -writeconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004156@findex -writeconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004157Write device configuration to @var{file}. The @var{file} can be either filename to save
4158command line and device configuration into file or dash @code{-}) character to print the
4159output to stdout. This can be later used as input file for @code{-readconfig} option.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004160ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004161
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004162DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4163 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004164 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004165 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4166STEXI
4167@item -no-user-config
4168@findex -no-user-config
4169The @code{-no-user-config} option makes QEMU not load any of the user-provided
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004170config files on @var{sysconfdir}.
Anthony Liguori292444c2010-01-21 10:57:58 -06004171ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004172
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004173DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004174 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004175 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004176 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4177STEXI
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004178HXCOMM This line is not accurate, as some sub-options are backend-specific but
4179HXCOMM HX does not support conditional compilation of text.
Denis V. Luneve370ad92016-06-17 17:44:08 +03004180@item -trace [[enable=]@var{pattern}][,events=@var{file}][,file=@var{file}]
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004181@findex -trace
Denis V. Luneveeb2b8f2016-06-17 17:44:09 +03004182@include qemu-option-trace.texi
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004183ETEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004184
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004185HXCOMM Internal use
4186DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4187DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004188
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004189#ifdef __linux__
4190DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4191 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4192 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4193#endif
4194STEXI
4195@item -enable-fips
4196@findex -enable-fips
4197Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4198ETEXI
4199
Thomas Huth976e8c52019-09-04 07:27:39 +02004200HXCOMM Deprecated by -accel tcg
Bruce Rogersc6e88b32012-11-20 07:11:21 -07004201DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03004202
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004203DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
4204 "-msg timestamp[=on|off]\n"
4205 " change the format of messages\n"
4206 " on|off controls leading timestamps (default:on)\n",
4207 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4208STEXI
4209@item -msg timestamp[=on|off]
4210@findex -msg
4211prepend a timestamp to each log message.(default:on)
4212ETEXI
4213
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304214DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4215 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4216 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4217 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4218 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004219 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304220 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4221STEXI
4222@item -dump-vmstate @var{file}
4223@findex -dump-vmstate
4224Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to file
4225in @var{file}
4226ETEXI
4227
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004228DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4229 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4230 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4231 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4232STEXI
4233@item -enable-sync-profile
4234@findex -enable-sync-profile
4235Enable synchronization profiling.
4236ETEXI
4237
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004238STEXI
4239@end table
4240ETEXI
4241DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004242
4243DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004244STEXI
4245@table @option
4246ETEXI
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004247
4248DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4249 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4250 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4251 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4252 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4253 " '/objects' path.\n",
4254 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4255STEXI
4256@item -object @var{typename}[,@var{prop1}=@var{value1},...]
4257@findex -object
4258Create a new object of type @var{typename} setting properties
4259in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'
4260property must be set. These objects are placed in the
4261'/objects' path.
4262
4263@table @option
4264
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004265@item -object memory-backend-file,id=@var{id},size=@var{size},mem-path=@var{dir},share=@var{on|off},discard-data=@var{on|off},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},align=@var{align}
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004266
4267Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004268the guest RAM with huge pages.
4269
4270The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4271memory region when configuring the @option{-numa} argument.
4272
4273The @option{size} option provides the size of the memory region, and accepts
4274common suffixes, eg @option{500M}.
4275
4276The @option{mem-path} provides the path to either a shared memory or huge page
4277filesystem mount.
4278
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004279The @option{share} boolean option determines whether the memory
4280region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter allows
4281a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory region.
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004282
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004283The @option{share} is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4284limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4285
4286Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4287bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4288Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4289source tree for additional details.
4290
Eduardo Habkost11ae6ed2017-08-24 16:23:15 -03004291Setting the @option{discard-data} boolean option to @var{on}
4292indicates that file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits,
4293to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note
4294that @option{discard-data} is only an optimization, and QEMU
4295might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is
4296terminated using SIGKILL.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004297
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004298The @option{merge} boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4299MADV_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider the pages for
4300memory deduplication.
4301
4302Setting the @option{dump} boolean option to @var{off} excludes the memory from
4303core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV_DONTDUMP.
4304
4305The @option{prealloc} boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4306
4307The @option{host-nodes} option binds the memory range to a list of NUMA host
4308nodes.
4309
4310The @option{policy} option sets the NUMA policy to one of the following values:
4311
4312@table @option
4313@item @var{default}
4314default host policy
4315
4316@item @var{preferred}
4317prefer the given host node list for allocation
4318
4319@item @var{bind}
4320restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4321
4322@item @var{interleave}
4323interleave memory allocations across the given host node list
4324@end table
4325
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004326The @option{align} option specifies the base address alignment when
4327QEMU mmap(2) @option{mem-path}, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4328@option{2M}. Some backend store specified by @option{mem-path}
4329requires an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg
4330the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4331such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option.
4332
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004333The @option{pmem} option specifies whether the backing file specified
4334by @option{mem-path} is in host persistent memory that can be accessed
4335using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
4336If @option{pmem} is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary operations to
4337guarantee the persistence of its own writes to @option{mem-path}
4338(e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live migration).
Zhang Yi119906af2019-04-22 08:48:48 +08004339Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP_SYNC flag, which ensures the
4340file metadata is in sync for @option{mem-path} in case of host crash
4341or a power failure. MAP_SYNC requires support from both the host kernel
4342(since Linux kernel 4.15) and the filesystem of @option{mem-path} mounted
4343with DAX option.
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004344
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004345@item -object memory-backend-ram,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave}
Stefan Hajnoczicd194912017-11-28 16:15:29 +00004346
4347Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the guest RAM.
4348Memory backend objects offer more control than the @option{-m} option that is
4349traditionally used to define guest RAM. Please refer to
4350@option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the options.
4351
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004352@item -object memory-backend-memfd,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},seal=@var{on|off},hugetlb=@var{on|off},hugetlbsize=@var{size}
Marc-André Lureaudbb9e0f2018-02-01 14:27:54 +01004353
4354Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows QEMU to
4355share the memory with an external process (e.g. when using
4356vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and optional
4357sealing. (Linux only)
4358
4359The @option{seal} option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4360further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4361
4362The @option{hugetlb} option specify the file to be created resides in
4363the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction with
4364the @option{hugetlb} option, the @option{hugetlbsize} option specify
4365the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page
4366sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system).
4367
4368In some versions of Linux, the @option{hugetlb} option is incompatible
4369with the @option{seal} option (requires at least Linux 4.16).
4370
4371Please refer to @option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the
4372other options.
4373
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004374The @option{share} boolean option is @var{on} by default with memfd.
4375
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004376@item -object rng-builtin,id=@var{id}
4377
4378Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4379QEMU builtin functions. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4380will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
Laurent Vivier0198c262019-08-20 18:06:15 +02004381device. By default, the @option{virtio-rng} device uses this RNG backend.
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004382
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004383@item -object rng-random,id=@var{id},filename=@var{/dev/random}
4384
4385Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4386a device on the host. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4387will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
4388device. The @option{filename} parameter specifies which file to obtain
Kashyap Chamarthya2230bd2019-05-29 16:31:03 +02004389entropy from and if omitted defaults to @option{/dev/urandom}.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004390
4391@item -object rng-egd,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}
4392
4393Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4394an external daemon running on the host. The @option{id} parameter is
4395a unique ID that will be used to reference this entropy backend from
4396the @option{virtio-rng} device. The @option{chardev} parameter is
4397the unique ID of a character device backend that provides the connection
4398to the RNG daemon.
4399
Daniel P. Berrangee00adf62015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004400@item -object tls-creds-anon,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},verify-peer=@var{on|off}
4401
4402Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4403TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4404ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4405@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4406on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4407acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4408(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4409will be verified, though this is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4410
4411The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4412files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4413@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4414for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4415a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4416expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4417recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4418upfront and saved.
4419
Richard W.M. Jonese1a6dc92018-07-03 09:03:03 +01004420@item -object tls-creds-psk,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/keys/dir}[,username=@var{username}]
4421
4422Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which can be used to provide
4423TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4424ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4425@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4426on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4427acting as a client or as a server. For clients only, @option{username}
4428is the username which will be sent to the server. If omitted
4429it defaults to ``qemu''.
4430
4431The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file.
4432It is called ``@var{dir}/keys.psk'' and contains ``username:key''
4433pairs. This file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS
4434@code{psktool} program.
4435
4436For server endpoints, @var{dir} may also contain a file
4437@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4438for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4439a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4440expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4441recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4442up front and saved.
4443
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004444@item -object tls-creds-x509,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},priority=@var{priority},verify-peer=@var{on|off},passwordid=@var{id}
Daniel P. Berrange85bcbc72015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004445
4446Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4447TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4448ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4449@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4450on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4451acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4452(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4453will be verified. With x509 certificates, this implies that the clients
4454must be provided with valid client certificates too.
4455
4456The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4457files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4458@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4459for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4460a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4461expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4462recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4463upfront and saved.
4464
4465For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain further files
4466providing the x509 certificates. The certificates must be stored
4467in PEM format, in filenames @var{ca-cert.pem}, @var{ca-crl.pem} (optional),
4468@var{server-cert.pem} (only servers), @var{server-key.pem} (only servers),
4469@var{client-cert.pem} (only clients), and @var{client-key.pem} (only clients).
4470
Daniel P. Berrange1d7b5b42015-10-15 16:14:42 +01004471For the @var{server-key.pem} and @var{client-key.pem} files which
4472contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4473version by providing the @var{passwordid} parameter. This provides
4474the ID of a previously created @code{secret} object containing the
4475password for decryption.
4476
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004477The @var{priority} parameter allows to override the global default
4478priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system administrator
4479needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for QEMU without
4480potentially forcing the weakness onto all applications. Or conversely
4481if one wants wants a stronger default for QEMU than for all other
4482applications, they can do this through this parameter. Its format is
4483a gnutls priority string as described at
4484@url{https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html}.
4485
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004486@item -object filter-buffer,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},interval=@var{t}[,queue=@var{all|rx|tx}][,status=@var{on|off}]
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004487
4488Interval @var{t} can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: all
4489packets arriving in a given interval on netdev @var{netdevid} are delayed
4490until the end of the interval. Interval is in microseconds.
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004491@option{status} is optional that indicate whether the netfilter is
4492on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status for netfilter will be 'on'.
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004493
4494queue @var{all|rx|tx} is an option that can be applied to any netfilter.
4495
4496@option{all}: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit
4497 queue of the netdev (default).
4498
4499@option{rx}: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev,
4500 where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4501
4502@option{tx}: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev,
4503 where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4504
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004505@item -object filter-mirror,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004506
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004507filter-mirror on netdev @var{netdevid},mirror net packet to chardev@var{chardevid}, if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004508
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004509@item -object filter-redirector,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},indev=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004510
4511filter-redirector on netdev @var{netdevid},redirect filter's net packet to chardev
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004512@var{chardevid},and redirect indev's packet to filter.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag,
4513filter-redirector will redirect packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004514Create a filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id can not
4515be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at least one of indev or outdev
4516need to be specified.
4517
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004518@item -object filter-rewriter,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx},[vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004519
4520Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp packet to
4521secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp connection,and rewrite
4522tcp packet to primary from secondary make tcp packet can be handled by
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004523client.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004524
4525usage:
4526colo secondary:
4527-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4528-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4529-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4530
Changlong Xiec551cd52016-10-11 13:28:32 +08004531@item -object filter-dump,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{dev}[,file=@var{filename}][,maxlen=@var{len}]
Thomas Huthd3e0c032015-10-13 12:40:02 +02004532
4533Dump the network traffic on netdev @var{dev} to the file specified by
4534@var{filename}. At most @var{len} bytes (64k by default) per packet are stored.
4535The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with tools such as tcpdump
4536or Wireshark.
4537
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004538@item -object colo-compare,id=@var{id},primary_in=@var{chardevid},secondary_in=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},iothread=@var{id}[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=@var{id}]
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004539
4540Colo-compare gets packet from primary_in@var{chardevid} and secondary_in@var{chardevid}, than compare primary packet with
4541secondary packet. If the packets are same, we will output primary
4542packet to outdev@var{chardevid}, else we will notify colo-frame
4543do checkpoint and send primary packet to outdev@var{chardevid}.
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004544In order to improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison
4545in another thread. If it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, colo compare
4546will send/recv packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004547If you want to use Xen COLO, will need the notify_dev to notify Xen
4548colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004549
4550we must use it with the help of filter-mirror and filter-redirector.
4551
4552@example
4553
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004554KVM COLO
4555
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004556primary:
4557-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4558-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4559-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4560-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4561-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4562-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4563-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4564-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004565-object iothread,id=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004566-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4567-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4568-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004569-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004570
4571secondary:
4572-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4573-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4574-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4575-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4576-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4577-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4578
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004579
4580Xen COLO
4581
4582primary:
4583-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4584-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4585-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4586-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4587-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4588-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4589-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4590-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
4591-chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server,nowait
4592-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4593-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4594-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4595-object iothread,id=iothread1
4596-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
4597
4598secondary:
4599-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4600-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4601-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4602-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4603-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4604-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4605
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004606@end example
4607
4608If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can read
4609the colo-compare git log.
4610
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004611@item -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=@var{id}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4612
4613Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4614the QEMU cipher APIS. The @var{id} parameter is
4615a unique ID that will be used to reference this cryptodev backend from
4616the @option{virtio-crypto} device. The @var{queues} parameter is optional,
4617which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default of
4618@var{queues} is 1.
4619
4620@example
4621
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004622 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004623 [...] \
4624 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \
4625 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4626 [...]
4627@end example
4628
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004629@item -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4630
4631Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev @var{chardevid}.
4632The @var{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4633cryptodev backend from the @option{virtio-crypto} device.
4634The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses
4635a specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages
4636to an application on the other end of the socket.
4637The @var{queues} parameter is optional, which specify the queue number
4638of cryptodev backend for multiqueue vhost-user, the default of @var{queues} is 1.
4639
4640@example
4641
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004642 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004643 [...] \
4644 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \
4645 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \
4646 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4647 [...]
4648@end example
4649
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004650@item -object secret,id=@var{id},data=@var{string},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4651@item -object secret,id=@var{id},file=@var{filename},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4652
4653Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some other sensitive
4654data. The sensitive data can either be passed directly via the @var{data}
4655parameter, or indirectly via the @var{file} parameter. Using the @var{data}
4656parameter is insecure unless the sensitive data is encrypted.
4657
4658The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), or base64.
4659When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports valid UTF-8 characters,
4660so base64 is recommended for sending binary data. QEMU will convert from
4661which ever format is provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an
4662RBD password can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4663encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4664
4665For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data associated with
4666a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of encryption is indicated
4667by providing the @var{keyid} and @var{iv} parameters. The @var{keyid}
4668parameter provides the ID of a previously defined secret that contains
4669the AES-256 decryption key. This key should be 32-bytes long and be
4670base64 encoded. The @var{iv} parameter provides the random initialization
4671vector used for encryption of this particular secret and should be a
Daniel P. Berrange69c0b272016-04-04 10:33:55 +01004672base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004673
4674The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4675
4676@example
4677
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004678 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004679
4680@end example
4681
4682The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4683
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004684 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004685 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004686
4687For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate usage,
4688consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt the data. Note
4689that when encrypting, the plaintext must be padded to the cipher block
4690size (32 bytes) using the standard PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4691
4692First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4693
4694@example
4695 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4696 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4697@end example
4698
4699Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random initialization vector
4700generated. These do not need to be kept secret
4701
4702@example
4703 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4704 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4705@end example
4706
4707The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case we're
4708telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could be left
4709as raw bytes if desired.
4710
4711@example
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004712 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004713 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4714@end example
4715
4716When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to @code{key.b64}
4717and specify that to be used to decrypt the user password. Pass the
4718contents of @code{iv.b64} to the second secret
4719
4720@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004721 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004722 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \
4723 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\
4724 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4725@end example
4726
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004727@item -object sev-guest,id=@var{id},cbitpos=@var{cbitpos},reduced-phys-bits=@var{val},[sev-device=@var{string},policy=@var{policy},handle=@var{handle},dh-cert-file=@var{file},session-file=@var{file}]
4728
4729Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, which can be used
4730to provide the guest memory encryption support on AMD processors.
4731
4732When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address bit (aka the
4733C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is protected. The @option{cbitpos}
4734is used to provide the C-bit position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent
4735hence user must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4736
4737When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in physical address space.
4738The @option{reduced-phys-bits} is used to provide the number of bits we loose in
4739physical address space. Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent.
4740On EPYC, the value should be 5.
4741
4742The @option{sev-device} provides the device file to use for communicating with
4743the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure Processor. The default device is
4744'/dev/sev'. If hardware supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are
4745created by CCP driver.
4746
4747The @option{policy} provides the guest policy to be enforced by the SEV firmware
4748and restrict what configuration and operational commands can be performed on this
4749guest by the hypervisor. The policy should be provided by the guest owner and is
4750bound to the guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the guest.
4751The default is 0.
4752
4753If guest @option{policy} allows sharing the key with another SEV guest then
4754@option{handle} can be use to provide handle of the guest from which to share
4755the key.
4756
4757The @option{dh-cert-file} and @option{session-file} provides the guest owner's
4758Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH and session parameters
4759are used for establishing a cryptographic session with the guest owner to
4760negotiate keys used for attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
4761
4762e.g to launch a SEV guest
4763@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004764 # @value{qemu_system_x86} \
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004765 ......
4766 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \
4767 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0
4768 .....
4769
4770@end example
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004771
4772
4773@item -object authz-simple,id=@var{id},identity=@var{string}
4774
4775Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4776
4777The @option{identity} parameter is identifies the user and its format
4778depends on the network service that authorization object is associated
4779with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must
4780be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care must be taken to escape
4781any commas in the distinguished name.
4782
4783An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished name
4784would look like:
4785@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004786 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004787 ...
4788 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \
4789 ...
4790@end example
4791
4792Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name containing
4793whitespace, and escaping of ','.
4794
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004795@item -object authz-listfile,id=@var{id},filename=@var{path},refresh=@var{yes|no}
4796
4797Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4798
4799The @option{filename} parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
4800containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
4801
4802An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might look
4803like:
4804
4805@example
4806 @{
4807 "rules": [
4808 @{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4809 @{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4810 @{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" @},
4811 @{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4812 ],
4813 "policy": "deny"
4814 @}
4815@end example
4816
4817When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules and
4818the first rule to match will have its @option{policy} value returned
4819as the result. If no rules match, then the default @option{policy}
4820value is returned.
4821
4822The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use the
4823simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be used.
4824
4825If @option{refresh} is set to true the file will be monitored
4826and automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
4827
4828As with the @code{authz-simple} object, the format of the identity
4829strings being matched depends on the network service, but is usually
4830a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
4831
4832An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
4833would look like:
4834@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004835 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004836 ...
4837 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes
4838 ...
4839@end example
4840
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004841@item -object authz-pam,id=@var{id},service=@var{string}
4842
4843Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4844
4845The @option{service} parameter provides the name of a PAM service to use
4846for authorization. It requires that a file @code{/etc/pam.d/@var{service}}
4847exist to provide the configuration for the @code{account} subsystem.
4848
4849An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 distinguished
4850name would look like:
4851
4852@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004853 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004854 ...
4855 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc
4856 ...
4857@end example
4858
4859There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
4860@code{/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc} that contains:
4861
4862@example
4863account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
4864 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
4865@end example
4866
4867Finally the @code{/etc/qemu/vnc.allow} file would contain
4868the list of x509 distingished names that are permitted
4869access
4870
4871@example
4872CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
4873@end example
4874
4875
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004876@end table
4877
4878ETEXI
4879
4880
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004881HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
4882STEXI
4883@end table
4884ETEXI